KO00094Q VC150 Service Manual - ENG

GE Healthcare
CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor

Service Manual

English
KO00094Q
© 2014-2017 Innokas Medical

All rights reserved.
NOTES
The information in this manual applies to CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor. Due to continuing product
innovation, specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.
For technical documentation purposes, the abbreviation GE is used for the legal entity name, GE Medical Systems
Information Technologies, Inc.
Listed below are GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. trademarks. All other trademarks contained herein
are the property of their respective owners.
GE TruSignal is the property of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc., a division of General Electric
Corporation. All other product and company names are the property of their respective owners.
Description of NIBP algorithm © GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc., reproduced by permission.
CARESCAPE, DINAMAP, CLASSIC -CUF, CLINI-CUF, Critikon, DINACLICK, DURA-CUF, RADIAL-CUF, SENSA-CUF, SOFT-CUF
Blood Pressure Cuffs, and SuperSTAT are trademarks of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc.
Welch Allyn® and SureTemp® Plus are registered trademarks of Welch Allyn, Inc.
GCX is a trademark of GCX Corporation.
Jadak is a trademark of Jadak, LLC.
Exergen and TAT-5000S -USB are trademarks of Exergen Corporation.
Masimo rainbow® SET®, RD, LNOP, LNCS, MLNCS and Signal IQ are registered trademarks of Masimo Corporation.
Possession or purchase of this device does not convey any express or implied license to use the device with
unauthorized sensors or cables which would, alone or in combination with this device, fall within the scope of one or
more of the patents relating to this device.
Medtronic, Nellcor, OxiMax, Saturation Pattern Detection and SatSeconds are trademarks of Medtronic.
Innokas Medical is a subsidiary of Innokas Yhtymä Oy.
GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. is the exclusive distributor of the CARESCAPE VC150.
T-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

08 August 2017
Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Manual purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Additional information on product use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
General use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Printed copies of this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Conventions used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Related manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Equipment ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Responsibility of the manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Safety information and product-specific hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Dangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Product compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Open source license texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
GPL v3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
LGPL v2.1 & . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Equipment symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Symbols for Exergen temporal scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Service policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Service agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Packing instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Repair parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Disposal of product waste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Patient applied parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Packaging material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor i

Product availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
2 Equipment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Equipment description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Product configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Rear view and left side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
User interface and connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Clinical mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Spot-check mode and monitoring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Monitor configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Alarm setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Using the numeric keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Monitor Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Default Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Start Remote Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Patient & Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Overall principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
NIBP and pulse measuring technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
DINAMAPTM SuperSTAT algorithm (SuperSTAT is currently not
available in Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
DINAMAP auscultatory reference algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Reference used to determine NIBP accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Welch Allyn temperature measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Welch Allyn temperature options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Exergen temperature measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
NIBP module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
SpO2 module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
USB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Medical USB board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Isolation board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Printer (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Welch Allyn board (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor connectivity options . . . . . . . . 2-31
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
ii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Installation checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Unpacking the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Tool required for unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Unpacking the monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
First charge of the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Monitor on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Turning the monitor on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Touch screen recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
Verification of the touch screen recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Turning the monitor off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Resetting the monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Changes in settings due to standby/shutdown/reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Remote alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Strain relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Configuring the monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
4 Monitor configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Monitor configuration checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Monitor configuration verification checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Connectivity configuration checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Connectivity verification checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Entering service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Using the home icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Enable licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Manual entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Verify licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
Disabling a license . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
System Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
Monitor information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor iii

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Local history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Day/Night mode threshold adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Measurement settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Preventive maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
EMR log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Settings and Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Barcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Regional Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Time Zone TZ -variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Connectivity Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Connectivity diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
WPA Custom configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Private keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Setting up SSID profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Connecting to SSID profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Wifi diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
PDQ Query Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
EMR Outbound Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Caregiver settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Hospital EMR encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Web server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Device certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
LDAP filter configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Record Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Reverting to the factory default alarm setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Clearing local history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Adding a caregiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Providing identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Using a barcode reader for caregiver ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Selecting or adding a patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Using a barcode reader for patient ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Snapshot output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Snapshot merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Snapshot output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
iv CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

5 Checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Parameter-level functional testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
NIBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Welch Allyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Exergen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
SpO2 technologies (GE TruSignal, Masimo and Nellcor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
EWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Calibration procedures and tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
NIBP tests and calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Pneumatic leakage testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
Pressure transducer verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
Pressure transducer calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Monitor overpressure verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
NIBP overpressure verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Testing the inflation icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
NIBP functional test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Changing the NIBP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Welch Allyn temperature calibration verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Welch Allyn temperature calibration verification using calibration key
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Exergen temperature calibration verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
External DC verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
SpO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Printer output test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Safety testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Electrical safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Power cord and plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Earth leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Enclosure leakage current (touch current) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Patient leakage current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Patient leakage current test (mains voltage on the applied part) 5-24
Patient auxiliary current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Total patient leakage current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor v

6 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Alarm message interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
System failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Alarm conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Exporting error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Productivity metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
EMR transaction log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Log file samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Alarms and priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Physiological alarm conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Technical error conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Module specific messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
GE TruSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Exergen messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Host messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Masimo messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Nellcor messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
NIBP messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Suretemp+ messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Exergen-specific error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Battery low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
When battery charge for at least 10 NIBP measurements remains
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
When battery charge for 5 minutes or less of unit operation time
remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Troubleshooting flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Monitor does not start without power source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Monitor does not turn on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Touch function does not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
SpO2 not available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Welch Allyn temp not available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Monitor does not shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Other troubleshooting topics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Measurements not saved into local history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Problem with remote service software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
vi CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Board tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Motherboard voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Power membrane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Printer interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
NIBP interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Isolation interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Left side USB connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Back panel USBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
LCD backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
LCD interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Touch panel interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
7 Field replaceable units (FRUs) . . . . . . 7-1

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
FRU replacement checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
FRU replacement checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
FRU list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
FRU photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
FRU replacement instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Monitor disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Front panel and motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
NIBP module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Handle frame and back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
NIBP pump and valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Side strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Drain slope assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Ventilation plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
USB frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Remote alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
NIBP hose connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Isolation board, SpO2 module and SpO2 flex cable assembly . . . 7-40
Welch Allyn module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
USB door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor vii

Monitor reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
USB door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
NIBP hose connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Remote alarm cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Drain slope assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Welch Allyn module or Welch Allyn cover plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
USB frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
SpO2 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Isolation board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Ventilation plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Side strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
NIBP pump and valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Dummy printer assembly or printer assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Charge power cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Main assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Changing the Exergen temperature unit battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Required tools and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Changing the SpO2 technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
8 Exploded view drawings . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Main assembly exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Board frame assembly exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
Back cover assembly exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
9 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Preventive maintenance checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Visual inspection checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Connecting to the Service PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Disconnecting from the service PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Remote service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Backing up and importing/restoring settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
What can be copied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
File import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Exporting settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Importing settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
viii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
List of approved cleaning agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Cleaning schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Cleaning the exterior surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Cleaning the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Cleaning the Exergen sensor lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Cleaning and disinfecting blood pressure cuffs and air hoses . . 9-17
Cleaning the Welch Allyn probe and probe well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Cleaning SpO2 sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Short-term storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

Extended storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Minimum requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Missing original packing material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Disposal of product waste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
10 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Software upgrade with USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Preparation for the upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Upgrade procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Software upgrade with hospital WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Software update completed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Importing EWS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Importing EWS settings with USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Preparation for the EWS settings import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Import procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Importing settings to multiple monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor ix

A Specifications and default settings . . A-1
Product specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Printer specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
NIBP specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
GE TruSignal SpO2 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
GE TruSignal SpO2 default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
Nellcor SpO2 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
Nellcor SpO2 default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Masimo rainbow® SET® SpO2 specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
Masimo rainbow SET® SpO2 default settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
Welch Allyn temperature specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Exergen temperature specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
Exergen scanner battery specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
Monitor battery specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
Connectivity specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
Alarm specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
Factory default settings for alarm limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
Patent information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
Open source software notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
B Appropriate use of NIBP simulators . B-1

Appropriate use of NIBP simulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
NIBP accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
Clinical vs. simulator readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
What do simulator manufacturers say? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Why use simulators? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4
x CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

C Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) C-1
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Electromagnetic emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
Electromagnetic immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
Electromagnetic immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
Recommended separation distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6
Compliant cables and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7
D How To Reach Us… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Service Calls and Product Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Ordering Accessories and Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Ordering Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
Other Questions or Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor xi

This page is intentionally left blank.
xii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Service Manual Language Information - Disclaimer
Това упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.
 Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на клиента е

да осигури превод.
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ  Не използвайте оборудването, преди да сте се консултирали и разбрали упътването
(BG) за работа.
 Неспазването на това предупреждение може да доведе донараняване на
доставчика на услугата, оператора или пациент в резултат на токов удар или
механична или друга опасност.
警告本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN) • 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
• 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其
他形式的伤害。
警告本維修手冊只提供英文版。
(ZH-TW) • 如果客戶的維修人員有英語以外的其他語言版本需求，則由該客戶負責
提供翻譯服務。
• 除非您已詳閱本維修手冊並了解其內容，否則切勿嘗試對本設備進行維
修。
• 不重視本警告可能導致維修人員、操作人員或病患因電擊、機械因素或
其他因素而受到傷害。
Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.
 Vpřípadě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce, je zajištění
překladu do odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.
VAROVÁNÍ  Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní návod a
(CS) pochopili jeho obsah.
 V případě nedodržování této varování může dojít k poranění pracovníka prodejního
servisu, obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem elektrického proudu, respektive
vlivem mechanických či jiných rizik.
Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.

 Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det kundens ansvar
at sørge for oversættelse.
ADVARSEL
 Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret medmindre denne servicemanual har været konsulteret
(DA)
og er forstået.
 Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund af elektrisk,
mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller patienten.
Deze service manual is alleen in het Engels verkrijgbaar.

 Indien het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal nodig heeft, dan is de klant
verantwoordelijk voor de vertaling ervan.
WAARSCHUWING  Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden voordat deze service manual geraadpleegd
(NL) en begrepen is.
 Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het onderhoudspersoneel, de
gebruiker of een patiënt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok,
mechanische of andere gevaren.
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-1

This service manual is available in English only.
 If a customer's service provider requires a language other than English, it is the
customer's responsibility to provide translation services.
WARNING
 Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been consulted
(EN)
and is understood.
 Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider, operator, or
patient, from electric shock, mechanical or other hazards.
Käesolev teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.

 Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles, vastutab
klient tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.
HOIATUS
 Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga
(ET)
tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist.
 Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori või patsiendi
vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.
Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.

 Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä materiaalia,
tarvittavan käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.
VAROITUS  Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt tämän
(FI) huolto-ohjeen.
 Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkilöstön, laitteiston
käyttäjän tai potilaan vahingoittuminen sähköiskun, mekaanisen vian tai muun
vaaratilanteen vuoksi.
Ce manuel technique n'est disponible qu'en anglais.

 Si un service technique client souhaite obtenir ce manuel dans une autre langue que
l'anglais, il devra prendre en charge la traduction et la responsabilité du contenu.
ATTENTION
 Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que le manuel technique n'a pas été
(FR)
consulté et compris.
 Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien, l'opérateur ou le
patient des blessures dues à des dangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.
Ove upute za servisiranje dostupne su samo na engleskom jeziku.

 Ukoliko korisnički servis zahtijeva neki drugi jezik, korisnikova je odgovornost osigurati
UPOZORENJE odgovarajući prijevod.
(HR)  Nemojte pokušavati servisirati opremu ukoliko niste konzultirali i razumjeli ove upute.
 Nepoštivanje ovog upozorenja može rezultirati ozljedama servisnog osoblja, korisnika ili
pacijenta prouzročenim električnim udarom te mehaničkim ili nekih drugih opasnostima.
Diese Serviceanleitung ist nur in englischer Sprache verfügbar.

 Falls der Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, muss er für eine entsprechende
Übersetzung sorgen.
WARNUNG  Keine Wartung durchführen, ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und verstanden zu
(DE) haben.
 Bei Zuwiderhandlung kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendiensttechnikers, des
Anwenders oder des Patienten durch Stromschläge, mechanische oder sonstige
gefahren kommen.

Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται στα αγγλικά μόνο.
 Εάν το άτομο παροχής σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε γλώσσα
εκτός των αγγλικών, αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.
ΠΡΟΕΙ∆ΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ  Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό εκτός εαν έχετε
(EL) συμβουλευτεί και έχετε κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.
 Εαν δε λάβετε υπόψη την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί τραυματισμός
στο άτομο παροχής σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή από ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς
ή άλλους κινδύνους.
Ez a szerviz kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.

 Ha a vevő szerviz ellátója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő felelőssége a
fordítás elkészíttetése.
FIGYELMEZTETÉS  Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a szerviz kézikönyvben leírtakat
(HU) nem értelmezték és értették meg.
 Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szerviz ellátó, a működtető vagy a
páciens áramütés, mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti sérülését
eredményezheti.
Þessi þjónustuhandbók er eingöngu fáanleg á ensku.

 Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en ensku, er það
AÐVÖRUN skylda viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.
(IS)  Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók hefur verið skoðuð og
skilin.
 Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda, stjórnanda eða
sjúklings frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.
Manual servis ini hanya tersedia dalam Bahasa Inggris.

 Jika penyedia jasa servis pelanggan memerlukan bahasa lain selain dari Bahasa Inggris,
merupakan tanggung jawab dari penyedia jasa servis tersebut untuk menyediakan
PERINGATAN terjemahannya.
(ID)  Jangan mencoba melakukan servis pada perlengkapan kecuali telah membaca dan
memahami manual servis ini.
 Mengabaikan peringatan ini bisa berakibat cedera pada penyedia servis, operator, atau
pasien, karena terkena kejut listrik, bahaya mekanis atau bahaya lainnya.
Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in Inglese.

 Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è
tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.
AVVERTENZA  Si proceda alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il presente
(IT) manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.
 Il non rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe far compiere operazioni da cui
derivino lesioni all'addetto, alla manutenzione, all'utilizzatore ed al paziente per
folgorazione elettrica, per urti meccanici od altri rischi.
警告このサービスマニュアルは英語版しかありません。
(JA) ･サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳
作業はその業者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。
･このサービスマニュアルを熟読し、十分に理解した上で装置のサービ
スを行ってください。
･この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは
患者が、感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があり
ます。

경고 본 서비스 지침서는 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다 .
(KO) • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우 , 번역 서비
스를 제공하는 것은 고객의 책임입니다 .
• 본 서비스 지침서를 참고했고 이해하지 않는 한은 해당 장비를 수리하
려고 시도하지 마십시오 .
• 이 경고에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크 , 기계상의 혹은 다른 위험으로
부터 서비스 제공자 , 운영자 혹은 환자에게 위해를 가할 수 있습니다 .
Šī apkalpotāju rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.
 Ja apkalpošanas sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā, nevis angļu, valodā, klienta
BRĪDINĀJUMS pienākums ir nodrošināt tās tulkošanu.
(LV)  Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkopi, neizlasot un nesaprotot apkalpotāju rokasgrāmatu.
 Šī brīdinājuma neievērošana var radīt elektriskās strāvas trieciena, mehānisku vai citu
risku izraisītu traumu apkopes sniedzējam, operatoram vai pacientam.
Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra prieinamas tik anglų kalba.

 Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų, numatyti vertimo
paslaugas yra kliento atsakomybė.
ĮSPĖJIMAS
 Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, nebent atsižvelgėte į šį eksploatavimo
(LT)
vadovą ir jį supratote.
 Jei neatkreipsite dėmesio į šį perspėjimą, galimi sužalojimai dėl elektros šoko, mechaninių
ar kitų pavojų paslaugų tiekėjui, operatoriui ar pacientui.
Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.

 Hvis kundens serviceleverandør trenger et annet språk, er det kundens ansvar å sørge
ADVARSEL for oversettelse.
(NO)  Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og forstått.
 Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at serviceleverandøren, operatøren
eller pasienten skades på grunn av elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller andre farer.
Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku

angielskim.
 Jeśli dostawca usług klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski, zapewnienie usługi
tłumaczenia jest obowiązkiem klienta.
OSTRZEŻENIE
 Nie należy serwisować wyposażenia bez zapoznania się i zrozumienia niniejszego
(PL)
podręcznika serwisowego.
 Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może spowodować urazy dostawcy usług,
operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia elektrycznego, zagrożenia mechanicznego
bądź innego.
Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.

 Se o serviço de assistência técnica do cliente não for GE, e precisar de outro idioma, será
da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
AVISO
 Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de
(PT-BR)
assistência técnica.
 O não cumprimento deste aviso pode por em perigo a segurança do técnico, operador
ou paciente devido a choques elétricos, mecânicos ou outros.

Este manual técnico só se encontra disponível em inglês.
 Se a assistência técnica do cliente solicitar estes manuais noutro idioma, é da
responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
AVISO
 Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual
(PT-PT)
técnico.
 O não cumprimento deste aviso pode provocar lesões ao técnico, ao utilizador ou ao
paciente devido a choques eléctricos, mecânicos ou outros.
Acest manual de service este disponibil numai în limba engleză.

 Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea engleză, este
de datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.
AVERTISMENT
 Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi înţelegerii acestui
(RO)
manual de service.
 Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului, operatorului sau
pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare, mecanice sau de altă natură.
Настоящее руководство по обслуживанию предлагается только на

английском языке.
 Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на английском, а на
каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует обеспечить перевод самостоятельно.
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ
 Прежде чем приступать к обслуживанию оборудования, обязательно обратитесь к
(RU)
настоящему руководству и внимательно изучите изложенные в нем сведения.
 Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести к тому, что
специалисты по обслуживанию, операторы или пациенты получат удар
электрическим током, механическую травму или другое повреждение.
Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.

 Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan da obezbedi prevodilacke
UPOZORENJE usluge.
(SR)  Ne pokušavajte da opravite uredaj ako niste procitali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo.
 Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja može dovesti do povredivanja servisera, rukovaoca ili
pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehanickih i drugih opasnosti.
Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.

 Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu, poskytnutie
prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednosťou zákazníka.
VAROVANIE  Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia skôr, ako si neprečítate návod na obsluhu a
(SK) neporozumiete mu.
 Zanedbanie tohto varovania môže vyústiť do zranenia poskytovateľa služieb,
obsluhujúcej osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, mechanickým alebo iným
nebezpečenstvom.
Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.

 Če ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priročnik v drugem jeziku, mora stranka
OPOZORILO zagotoviti prevod.
(SL)  Ne poskušajte servisirati opreme, če tega priročnika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli.
 Če tega opozorila ne upoštevate, se lahko zaradi električnega udara, mehanskih ali
drugih nevarnosti poškoduje ponudnik storitev, operater ali bolnik.

Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.
 Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el inglés,
el cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del manual.
ADVERTENCIA  No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y comprendido este
(ES) manual de servicio.
 La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de servicios, el
operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas eléctricas, mecánicas o de
otra naturaleza.
Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.

 Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska ansvarar kunden
för att tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.
VARNING  Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår den här
(SV) servicehandboken.
 Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på
serviceteknikern, operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar, mekaniska faror
eller andra faror.
Bu servis kilavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.

 Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kilavuzu ingilizce dişinda bir başka lisandan talep ederse,
UYARI bunu tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.
(TR)  Servis kilavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale etmeyiniz.
 Bu uyariya uyulmamasi, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayi teknisyen,
operatör veya hastanin yaralanmasina yol açabilir.
Дане керівництво з сервісного обслуговування постачається

виключно англійською мовою.
 Якщо сервісний інженер потребує керівництво іншою мовою, користувач
забов’язаний забезпечити послуги перекладача.
 Не намагайтеся здійснювати технічне обслуговування даного обладнання, якщо ви
ЗАСТЕРЕЖЕННЯ
не читали, або не зрозуміли інформацію, надану в керівництві з сервісного
(UK)
обслуговування.
 Недотримання цього застереження може призвести до травмування сервісного
інженера, користувача даного обладнання або пацієнта внаслідок електричного
шоку, механічного ушкодження або з інших причин невірного обслуговування
обладнання.

1 Introduction
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor 1-1

Introduction: Manual purpose
Manual purpose
This manual supplies technical information for service representatives and
technical personnel so they can maintain the equipment to the assembly level.
Use it as a guide for maintenance and electrical repairs considered field
repairable. Where necessary, the manual identifies additional sources of
relevant information and technical assistance. While the service manual and
operator manual share some content, the service manual is more technically
oriented and the operator manual is more everyday user oriented. Ordinary
screen and default setup items are not repeated in the service manual. Refer to
the operator's manual for the instructions necessary to operate the equipment
safely in accordance with its function and intended use.
Following checklists provide list of items to check for during initial installation or
preventive maintenance:
 “Installation checklist” on page 3-2

 “Monitor configuration checklist” on page 4-2
 “Monitor configuration verification checklist” on page 4-2
 “Connectivity configuration checklist” on page 4-3
 “Connectivity verification checklist” on page 4-3
 “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30
 “Preventive maintenance checklist” on page 9-3
 “Visual inspection checklist” on page 9-5
Intended audience
This manual is intended for service representatives and technical personnel who
maintain, troubleshoot, or repair this equipment and who have been authorized
and trained by GE.
Intended use
The CARESCAPE VC150 is intended to monitor a single patient's vital signs at the
site of care or during intra-hospital transport.
The noninvasive oscillometric blood pressure parameter is intended for

measurement of systolic, diastolic, and mean arterial blood pressure, as well as
pulse rate, for adult, pediatric, and neonatal patients. NIBP is currently not
available for neonatal patients in Canada. NIBP determination for neonatal
population cannot be done by auscultatory algorithm.
The optional GE TruSignal pulse oximetry and accessories are indicated for
continuous noninvasive monitoring of functional oxygen saturation (SpO2) and
pulse rate, including monitoring during conditions of clinical patient motion or
low perfusion, with adult, pediatric, and neonatal patients.
The optional Masimo Rainbow SET® Pulse CO-oximetry and accessories are
indicated for the continuous noninvasive monitoring of:
1-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Introduction: Intended use
• functional oxygen saturation of arterial hemoglobin (SpO2) and pulse rate,

during both no motion and motion conditions, and for patients who are well
or poorly perfused (low perfusion) for adult, pediatric, and neonatal patients,
• carboxyhemoglobin saturation (SpCO) for adult and pediatric patients,
• methemoglobin saturation (SpMet) for adult, pediatric, and neonatal
patients,
• total hemoglobin concentration (SpHb) for adult and pediatric patients, and/
or
• respiratory rate (RRa) for adult and pediatric patients.
The optional Nellcor™ oximetry and accessories are indicated for the
continuous, noninvasive monitoring of arterial oxygen saturation (SpO2) and
pulse rate of adult, pediatric, and neonatal patients during both motion and non-
motion conditions, and for patients who are well or poorly perfused. The optional
Oximax SPD™ Alert (SPD) feature is intended only for facility-use care of adults to
detect patterns of desaturation indicative of repetitive reductions in airflow
through the upper airway and into the lungs.
The optional Welch Allyn SureTemp Plus electronic thermometer is intended to

measure oral, axillary, and rectal temperature of adult and pediatric patients.
The optional Exergen TemporalScanner thermometer is intended for the
intermittent measurement of human body temperature of patients of all ages.
A wireless network connection is provided to transmit clinical data into various

hospital information systems. An optional remote alarm cable connection is
intended to complement visual and audible alarms and not replace the need for
the presence of a caregiver.
The portable device is designed for use in hospitals and hospital-type facilities.
The CARESCAPE VC150 can also be used in satellite areas or alternate care
settings.
"Portable" refers to the ability of the CARESCAPE VC150 to be easily moved by the
caregiver, such as on a roll stand. The CARESCAPE VC150 is not intended to be
used for continuous monitoring during patient transport.
CAUTION
This device is not intended for home use. Federal law (U.S.A.)
restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
Additional information on product use

The CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor is for use as prescribed by
physicians, physician assistants, registered nurses, certified registered nurse
anesthetists, or other qualified medical personnel trained in the use of similar
equipment. Using this monitor, a caregiver can view, record, and recall clinical
data derived from each parameter. The user interface has been localized into
selected languages whereas the localized manual has more language options
available.

Introduction: Revision history
The CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor is intended to monitor one patient
at a time in a clinical setting with a caregiver present.
WARNINGS
The monitor is not intended for use as critical care monitor.
The monitoring system is intended only as an adjunct in patient

assessment. It must be used in conjunction with clinical signs
and symptoms.
The monitor is intended for spot check monitoring where caregiver is present by
the patient. The monitor generates alarms and can be used for continuous
monitoring only when applicable option license is installed.
General use
CARESCAPE VC150 vital signs monitors are intended for use in various markets,
from the physician’s office to sub-acute triage and medical/surgical units. The
CARESCAPE VC150 vital signs monitor is intended to monitor one patient at a
time in a clinical setting.
 To ensure patient safety, use only parts and accessories manufactured or

recommended by Innokas Medical. Parts and accessories used shall meet
the requirements of IEC 60601-1.
 Disposable devices are intended for single use only. They should not be
reused.
Periodically, and whenever the integrity of the monitor is in doubt, test all
functions.
Revision history
Printed copies of this manual
The first letter shown in this revision history table is the first customer-released
version of this document.
Revision Comments
KO00094Q Release level of this document.
Printed copies of this manual

A paper copy of this manual will be provided upon request (in the U.S.). Contact
your local GE representative and request the part number on the first page of
this manual.

Introduction: Conventions used in this manual
Conventions used in this manual

Within this manual, abbreviations, special styles and formats are used to refer to
concepts, or distinguish among terms viewed on screen, an area you must
select, or a list of menu commands you must select. Examples:
 For technical documentation purposes, the abbreviation GE is used for the
legal entity name, GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc.
 Service or service personnel refers to service personnel trained by GE or a
service provider trained and authorized by GE.
 In this manual, the CARESCAPE VC150 vital signs monitor is referred to as
the monitor.
 Names of physical or hardware keys on the equipment are written in bold
typeface: Reset switch.
 Menu items are written in bold italic typeface: Monitor Setup.
 Emphasized text is in italic typeface.
 Menu options or control settings selected consecutively are separated by
the > symbol: Monitor Setup > NIBP.
 When referring to different sections in this manual, section names are
enclosed in double quotes: “Cleaning and care.”
 The word “select” means choosing and confirming.
 Messages (alarm messages, informative messages) displayed on the screen
are written inside single quotes: 'Learning.'
 Note statements provide application tips or other useful information.
 Any illustrations appearing in this manual are provided as examples only.
They may not necessarily reflect your monitoring setup or data displayed on
your monitor.
 Any names appearing in examples and illustrations are fictitious. The use of
any real person’s name is purely coincidental.
Related manuals
Manual Title
KO00065 CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor Operator’s Man-

ual (English). Contact your GE sales representative for
information on other available languages.
KO00125 CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories (English).

Contact your GE sales representative for information on
other available languages.

Introduction: Equipment ID
Equipment ID
Every GE device has a unique serial number for identification. A sample of the
information found on a serial number label is shown below.
### ## ## #### # #
A B C D E F
Description
A Product code. SK5 is the product code for CARESCAPE VC150.
B Year manufactured
C Fiscal week manufactured
D Production sequence number
E Manufacturing site
F Miscellaneous characteristic
Safety information
The information presented in this section is important for the safety of both the
patient and operator. This section describes how the terms Danger, Warning,
Caution, and Note are used throughout the manual. In addition, standard
equipment symbols are defined.
Responsibility of the manufacturer

Innokas Medical is responsible for the effects on safety, reliability, and
performance only if:
 assembly operations, extensions, readjustments, modifications, or repairs
are carried out by persons authorized by Innokas Medical;
 the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the
requirements of appropriate regulations; and
 the monitor is used in accordance with the instructions of use.

Introduction: Safety information
General
Service personnel must also read and understand the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital
Signs Monitor Operator's Manual, pn KO00065.
This device is intended for use under the direct supervision of a licensed health
care practitioner.
Contact GE for information before connecting any devices to the equipment that
are not recommended in this manual.
Parts and accessories used must meet the requirements of the applicable IEC/
EN 60601 series safety standards, and/or the system configuration must meet
the requirements of the IEC 60601-1 medical electrical systems standard.
Periodically, and whenever the integrity of the device is in doubt, test all
functions.
The use of accessory equipment not complying with the equivalent safety
requirements of this equipment may lead to a reduced level of safety of the
resulting system. Consideration relating to the choice shall include:
 use of the accessory in the patient vicinity; and
 evidence that the safety certification of the accessory has been performed
in accordance to the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1
harmonized national standard.
If the device is going to be installed in the USA and use 240V rather than 120V,
the source must be a center-tapped, 240V, single-phase circuit.
Safety information and product-specific hazards

The terms Danger, Warning, Caution and Note are used throughout this
manual to point out hazards and to designate a degree or level or seriousness.
Familiarize yourself with their definitions and significance. Hazard is defined as a
source of potential injury to a person.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death
or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which, if not avoided,

could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in

minor or moderate injury.
NOTE provides application tips or other useful information to ensure that you
get the most from your equipment.

Dangers
The following dangers apply to this product:
DANGERS
Do not service the battery while the monitor is connected to
external power.
Electrical Shock Hazard. Before replacing the battery,

disconnect the monitor from the DC power supply. Failure to do
this may result in serious personal and/or device damage.
ELECTRIC SHOCK — Do not touch the patient and the DC power

input connector pins simultaneously.
High voltages are present during touch current test, patient

auxiliary current test and total patient leakage current test. Do
not touch the unit and ensure that nobody else can touch the
unit.
To avoid the risk of electric shock, this equipment must only be

connected to a supply mains with protective earth.
Warnings
The following warnings apply to this product:
WARNINGS
Do not immerse the monitor in water. If the monitor is splashed
with water or becomes wet, wipe it immediately with a dry
cloth.
Do not immerse sensors in water, solvents, or cleaning

solutions (the sensors and connectors are not waterproof).
Do not perform any testing or maintenance on a sensor while it

is being used to monitor a patient.
Place the monitor on a rigid, secure surface or use the monitor

with mounting hardware, poles, and stands recommended by
GE.
Only use the monitor in areas where adequate ventilation

exists.
Arrange the external AC/DC power converter, air hoses, and all
cables carefully so they do not constitute a hazard.
If powering the monitor from an external power adapter or

converter, use only an adapter that has been specified for this
monitor. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories
(KO00125) for power accessories.

WARNINGS
To avoid the risk of electric shock, this equipment must only be
connected to a supply mains with protective earth.
The speaker is tested during unit power-up. If the power-up

tones are not heard, audible alarms will also not be heard.
Inspect the device for damage prior to use.
Do not disassemble, modify, or destroy the battery. Doing so

can cause battery fluid leakage, heat generation, fire, and/or
explosion.
Do not incinerate the battery or store it at high temperatures.

Doing so may cause the battery to explode.
Do not short-circuit the battery terminals by directly

connecting the metal terminals together. Be certain that no
metal objects (e.g., coins, paper clips, etc.) touch both battery
terminals simultaneously. Doing so can cause the battery to
overheat and/or explode, resulting in possible caustic burns
and/or battery damage.
Do not use any battery other than a battery recommended by

Innokas Medical. Other batteries may not provide the same
operating time and may cause unexpected monitor shutdown.
Other batteries may be incompatible with the internal charger
and may cause battery acid leakage, fire, or explosion.
The battery will completely discharge if the monitor is stored

for a prolonged period of time with the battery left inside and
not periodically recharged. Configuration settings may be lost
as a result.
Charge the battery pack with the monitor’s internal charger

only. Use of an unrecommended charger may cause battery
fluid leakage, overheating of the battery, and possible
explosion.
The electromagnetic compatibility profile of the monitor may

change if accessories other than those specified for use with
the monitor are used. Please refer to the accessory list of this
manual.
Use only accessories approved for use with the monitor. Failure
to use recommended accessories may result in inaccurate
readings.
Use of portable phones or other radio frequency (RF) emitting

equipment near the monitor may cause unexpected or adverse
operation.
Verify calibration of NIBP parameter (temperature and pulse

oximeter do not require calibration; refer to the “Maintenance”
section for instructions). Ensure that the display is functioning
properly before operating the monitor.

WARNINGS
Keep the Exergen scanner secured when it is not in use.
Failure on the part of the responsible individual, hospital or

institution using this equipment to implement a satisfactory
maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure
and possible health hazards.
The use of accessories, transducers, and cables other than

those specified may result in increased emissions and/or
increased susceptibility to electromagnetic interference. This
may result in impaired operation of the monitor and/or devices
in the area, leading to inaccurate readings or loss of operation.
Never mix different technology boards and connectors! This

will result in erroneous operation of the SpO2 measurement.
Calibration equipment should always be kept dry and free of

particulate matter. Moisture or foreign substances introduced
to the pneumatic system may cause damage to the monitor
and/or the accessories, leading to impaired performance and/
or inaccurate readings.
Always shut down the monitor and disconnect from the

electrical network before any cleaning procedure.
Prior to using a cleaning agent, read its instructions for use and
adhere to provided safety precautions.
Never pour or spray water or any cleaning solution on the

equipment or permit fluids to run behind switches, into
connectors, into the recorder, or into any ventilation openings
in the equipment. Do not let fluid “pool” around connection
pins. Do not immerse the monitor, the sensors or the hoses in
liquids.
Use of unapproved cleaning agents can cause case damage

resulting in unintended fluid ingress and a potential for
compromising electrical safety.
Never autoclave or steam clean the monitor, cuffs, or

accessories.
DO NOT immerse or soak the thermometer or probe in any type

of fluid. DO NOT use steam, heat or gas sterilization on the
thermometer or probe. DO NOT autoclave the thermometer or
the probe.
DO NOT use hard or sharp objects to clean the probe well. This
could damage it and cause the unit to not function properly.
DO NOT use steam, heat or gas sterilization on the
thermometer or probe. DO NOT autoclave the probe well.
This equipment is not intended for use in the presence of

electrosurgery/HF (high frequency) electrosurgical equipment.

WARNINGS
When the monitor and the battery have been stored below
room temperature, there is a risk for moisture condensation
and electric shock when the monitor is brought to room
temperature.
The monitor may cause radio interference or may disrupt the

operation of nearby equipment. Mitigation for such disruption
may require re-orienting or relocating the monitoring system or
shielding the location.
GE Trusignal: Oximetry performance may be impaired when

patient perfusion is low (less than 0.3%) or signal attenuation is
high.
Nellcor: If the perfusion index falls below 0.5%, the SpO2 values
may be inaccurate.
Masimo: If the perfusion index falls below 0.02%, SpO2 values

will not be displayed.
Cautions
The following cautions apply to this product:
CAUTIONS
This device is not intended for home use. Federal law (U.S.A.)
restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
To avoid personal injury, do not perform any servicing unless

qualified to do so.
The equipment or system should not be used adjacent to, or

stacked with, other equipment. If adjacent or stacked use is
necessary, the equipment or system should be tested to verify
normal operation in the configuration in which it is being used.
Magnetic and electrical fields are capable of interfering with

the proper performance of the monitor. For this reason make
sure that all external devices operated in the vicinity of the
monitor comply with the relevant EMC requirements.
Do not use replacement batteries other than the type supplied

with the monitor. Use only batteries recommended by Innokas
Medical. Other batteries could result in monitor shutdown.
Replacement batteries are available from GE representative.

CAUTIONS
The monitor is designed to conform to Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) standard IEC 60601-1-2 and will operate
accurately in conjunction with other medical equipment that
also meets this requirement. To avoid interference problems
affecting the monitor, do not use the monitor in the presence of
equipment that does not conform to these specifications.
Do not exceed a load weighing 5 lbs. (2.5 kg) in the Welch Allyn
accessory compartment on the right side of the monitor.
The monitor meets standards IEC 60601-1 and ISO 80601-2-61

for shock and vibration. If the monitor is subjected to
conditions exceeding these standards, performance may be
degraded.
The performance of the monitor may be degraded if it is

operated or stored outside of the environmental conditions
specified in this manual.
To prevent cross-contamination, clean exterior surfaces of the

monitor, monitor accessories, and reusable sensors on a
regular basis in compliance with your institution’s infection
control unit and/or biomedical department’s local policy.
Do not sterilize the monitor by irradiation, gas-, heat- or

chemical-based sterilization.
Auxiliary equipment connected to the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital

Signs Monitor will result in the formation of an electromedical
system and thus, must comply with the requirements of IEC
60601-1 and be configured to comply with IEC 60601-1 only.
Internal electronic components are susceptible to damage by

electrostatic discharge. To avoid damage when disassembling
the monitor, observe the standard precautions and procedures
for handling static-sensitive components.
GE TruSignal technology-labeled monitors are compatible only

with the GE TruSignal interconnect cables, sensors and
accessories,
Nellcor technology-labeled monitors are compatible only with

the Nellcor interconnect cables, sensors and accessories,
Masimo technology-labeled monitors are compatible only with

the Masimo interconnect cables, sensors and accessories,
Be careful not to bend flex cables. A bent section may break the
flex cable.
The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than

those specified may result in increased emissions or decreased
immunity performance of the equipment or system.

Notes
The following notes apply to this product:
NOTES
Use only the original cord, or a power cord that has been specified for this
monitor. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories (KO00125).
The monitor is designed so that it can be powered without a battery while its
power supply is connected to mains. However, clinical mode is not possible
without a functional internal Lithium-ion battery specified for
CARESCAPE VC150. If the monitor is on without a battery, a white screen will
cover the parameters in the home screen.
While in configuration mode, all entries stored in the clinical history are
erased when the time and/or date is changed.
The license file contains all purchased licenses. Each feature requires an
individual, purchased license. The license/licenses is/are activated
automatically.
While an NIBP simulator device may be useful to verify that the monitor
responds to oscillometric pulsations, it should not be used as a basis for
assessing the accuracy of measurement. For more information, see
“Appropriate use of NIBP simulators” on page B-2.
The accuracy of predictive temperature measurements made in a water

bath will not be representative of performance with actual patients.
All devices are tested and calibrated during manufacturing and are certified
for operation at installation.
The NIBP tests and calibration are written so that a knowledgeable

technician who is familiar with the monitor and the test equipment will be
able to follow the test procedure.
The NIBP functional test does not test for measurement accuracy.
There are no user-performed maintenance or calibration procedures for

Welch Allyn thermometry.
Whenever the clinical accuracy of the thermometer is in question, verify the

instrument calibration. Your hospital biomedical department should
establish a routine schedule for verifying instrument calibration. Semi-
annual test is recommended for the unit. To verify the accuracy of the Welch
Allyn temperature parameter with a specific temperature probe, use
SURETEMP 9600+ calibration tester (refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and
accessories (KO00125) for Welch Allyn SureTemp® Plus accessories) or take
measurements at varying temperatures in continuous (monitor) mode using
a water bath and a high-precision thermometer as a reference instrument.
It is strongly recommended that you plug the monitor into external DC

power when the low battery alarm is active.
Recycle the old battery according to local regulations on material recycling.

Do not dispose of in regular trash!
NIBP will not work if any of the hoses is kinked or squeezed.

NOTES
If the Exergen scanner is not used regularly, remove the battery to prevent
possible damage due to chemical leakage.
Manufacturing drawings are not included in this manual.
The touch screen surface is made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and

must not be cleaned with any solvent nor with any alkaline cleaning agent.
If you want to use cleaning agents other than those specifically approved
and listed in the “Cleaning” on page 9-15, you can do it at your own
responsibility. However, bear in mind that using non-approved cleaning
agents voids product warranty on all monitor parts that may come in
contact with a non-approved cleaning agent. If you still want to use a non-
approved cleaning agent, first test it on the corner of the touch screen, not
on the whole screen. Remember to wipe off possible residues or stains with
a cloth dampened with water.
Betadine may discolor the case. Use a 10% solution of bleach to remove the
discoloration. Apply the listed solutions with a dampened sponge, soft
brush, or a cloth, then wipe dry with a clean cloth or towel.
CareFusion Corporation does not recommend Ethylene Oxide (EtO)

sterilization of the Welch Allyn temperature probes.
If the battery is replaced, a battery discharged, or a patient discharged, the

monitor will clear user settings and revert to the default settings set in the
configuration mode.
When storing the product for extended periods, the battery must be
disconnected.
NIBP performance and accuracy have only been confirmed using GE hoses
and cuffs.
Use only Exergen probe covers. The size and shape of the probe covers can
affect the performance of the scanner. Inaccurate readings occur unless the
proper probe covers are used. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and
accessories (KO00125) for reorder part numbers.
Any supplied accessories that do not affect EMC compliance are not
included in the list of approved EMC accessories in this manual.
Medical electrical equipment requires special electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC) precautions which must be considered when installing and putting
this equipment into operation. For detailed information, refer to the
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) appendix in this manual.
The monitor must be protected by a firewall and must not be exposed to the
internet.
The model of the monitor determines which symbols appear on it.

Introduction: CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor
NOTES
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer

could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from
that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the manufacturer or an experienced WLAN technician for help.
CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor

This VC150 monitor may be operated in all EU and EEA countries. Wireless fea-
tures can be used. There may be restrictions that are country specific (such as
those in the list below). Let trained and authorized service personnel configure
your device.
WAS/RLAN in the 5150-5350 MHz frequency band are

restricted to in-door use only. WAS/RLAN which use 5250-
5350 MHz and/or 5470-5725 MHz frequency bands must
employ transmitter power control which provides, on aver-
age, a mitigation factor of at least 3 dB on maximum per-
mitted output power of the systems. If transmitter power
control is not in use, the max permitted mean e.i.r.p. and the
corresponding mean e.i.r.p. density limits must be reduced
Cyprus
by 3 dB. If the WAS/RLAN is subject to interference from
other radio systems, the WAS/RLAN owner cannot request
protection.
5150-5350 MHz; max mean e.i.r.p. 200 mW

5470-5725 MHz max mean e.i.r.p. 1W
Subject to general licensing
5150 - 5350MHz Ri: 007a, 200 mW e.i.r.p.

Denmark
5470 - 5725MHZ Ri: 007a, 1 W e.i.r.p

Introduction: CARESCAPETM VC150 vital signs monitor
5150 MHz - 5250 MHz: 200 mW e.i.r.p. indoor only mean

e.i.r.p. density: 10 mW/ MHz
5250 MHz - 5350 MHz: 200 mW e.i.r.p. indoor only mean
France
e.i.r.p. density: 10 mW/ MHz
5470 MHz - 5725 MHz: 1 W e.i.r.p. indoor only mean e.i.r.p.
density: 50 mW/ MHz
5150 MHz - 5350 MHz:

 200 mW average e.i.r.p., density of average e.i.r.p.
10mW/MHz in any frequency band of 1 MHz
 Only short range radio communication devices (WAS/
RLAN) for wireless access systems, including local radio
communication networks. Used only inside of buildings
Lithuania and in similar spaces, for example, in an aircraft.
5470 MHz - 5725 MHz:
 1 W average e.i.r.p., density of average e.i.r.p. 50mW/
MHz in any frequency band of 1 MHz
 Short range radio communication devices (WAS/RLAN)
for wireless access systems, including local radio
communication networks.
5150-5250MHz:
 Only indoor use is permitted
 200 mW e.i.r.p.
Netherlands
5250-5350MHz:
 Only indoor use is permitted
 1 W e.i.r.p.
5150 MHz - 5250 MHz:

 Max. average e.i.r.p. 200 mW, max. average e.i.r.p.
spectral density 10 mW/1 MHz
 Operation based on a general licence
 Rows 12 - 15 are for information only.
5470 MHz - 5725 MHz:
 Max. average e.i.r.p. 1000 mW,max. average e.i.r.p.
Slovakia
spectral density 50 mW/1 MHz
 For frequency spectrum access and for interference
reduction, techniques at least as effective as those
described in harmonised standard EN 301 893 must be
used.
 Operation based on a general license
 Rows 12 - 15 are for information only.

Introduction: Product compliance
5150 MHz - 5350 MHz:

 Authorization: RTTE SC H01
Slovenia
5470 MHz - 5725 MHz:
 Authorization: RTTE SC54, RTTE SC H01
5150 MHz - 5350 MHz:

 indoor only
 Maximum mean e.i.r.p. of 200 mW. Maximum mean
e.i.r.p. density of 10mW/MHz in any 1 MHz band
 IR2006 - Further information available at
United King-
www.ofcom.org.uk
dom
5470 MHz - 5725 MHz:
 Maximum mean e.i.r.p. of 1W Maximum mean e.i.r.p.
density of 50mW/MHz in any 1 MHz band
 IR2006 - Further information available at
www.ofcom.org.uk
Product compliance
The CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor is classified in the following
categories for compliance with IEC 60601-1:
 Internally powered or Class I when powered from external supply.
 Portable.
 For continuous operation.
 Not suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetics.
 Not for use in the presence of an oxygen-enriched atmosphere (oxygen
tent).
 Type BF defibrillator-proof applied parts.
 IPX1, degree of protection against ingress of water.
 Sterilization/disinfection, refer to “Maintenance” on page 9-1.
 Software is developed in accordance with IEC 62304.
 The VC150 monitor complies with IEC 60601-2-49.
 The alarm system is developed in accordance with IEC 60601-1-8.
 The CARESCAPE VC150 monitor is a Group 1 Class B device: Group 1
contains all ISM (Industrial, scientific and medical) equipment in which there
is radio-frequency energy that is intentionally generated and/or
conductively coupled and is necessary for the internal functioning of the
equipment itself. Class B equipment is equipment suitable for use in all
establishments.
 The SpO2 parameter complies with ISO 80601-2-61.
 The NIBP parameter complies with ISO 80601-2-56.
 Welch Allyn temperature parameter complies with ISO 80601-2-56 and
ASTM E 1112-00 (Table 1). Exergen temperature parameter complies with EN
12470-5.
 Defibrillation protected. When used with the recommended accessories, the
monitor is protected against the effects of defibrillator discharge. If
monitoring is disrupted by the defibrillation, the monitor will recover.

Introduction: Product compliance
 Biocompatibility. The monitor fulfills biocompatibility requirements only

when accessories listed in CARESCAPE VC150 supplies and accessories
document (KO00125) are used.
 This product conforms with the essential requirements of the Medical Device
Directive 93/42/EEC. Accessories without the CE mark are not guaranteed to
meet the Essential Requirements of the Medical Device Directive.
 This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for
medical devices to the IEC 60601-1-2, Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC
and CISPR 11 (Group 1, Class B) for radiated and conducted emissions.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a typical medical installation.
 Sensor LED light emissions fall within Class 1 level, according to IEC 60825-1.
 NIBP has not been validated to the requirements of AAMI/ISO 81060-2 for
use in pregnant and pre-eclamptic patients.
Declaration of Conformity
Hereby, Innokas Yhtymä Oy declares that the radio equipment type IEEE 802.11
a/b/g/n is in compliance with the Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU
declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address.
http://www.innokasmedical.fi/support
Wireless compliance
 This product complies with IEEE 802.11-2007 and 802.11 a/b/g/n protocols
for wireless networking. This product also complies with IEEE 802.11e and
WMM Quality of Service guidelines.
 This product supports 802.11n Single-Input, Single-Output (SISO) only.
 This product supports 802.11i Personal and Enterprise-grade security and
IEEE 802.11h feature - Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS).
Industry Canada Compliance

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including
interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même
si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Introduction: Open source license texts
TRA Compliance for United Arab Emirates

TRA
REGISTERED No:
ER45218/16
Dealer No:
DA0083560/12
IDA Standard Compliance for Singapore
Complies with
IDA Standards
IDA Dealer license No.
DA107248
TRC type approval for Jordan
TRC type approval's

number: TRC/LPD/
2017/119
Open source license texts

GPL v3
GNU General Public License
This license, commonly known as the GPL, has two versions that are actively and
widely used in many open source communities:
 GNU General Public License, version 2 (SPDX short identifier: GPL-2.0)

 GNU General Public License, version 3 (SPDX short identifier: GPL-3.0)
If you have licensed software you've written under GPL version 2, and you are
the original licensor of that software, you may wish to relicense your software
under GPL version 3.
Most GPL version 2 software is actually licensed as "GPL version 2 or any later
version", or words to similar effect, which is commonly understood as a grant
under GPL version 2, section 9 of an "option to follow the terms and conditions . .
. of any later version" of the GPL. In this case, even if you are not the original
licensor of the GPL version 2 software, you can "follow the terms and conditions"
of GPL version 3 instead. This is not commonly done (at least in any explicit way),
however.

Introduction: Equipment symbols
LGPL v2.1 &

GNU LGPL
There are three versions of the license commonly known as the LGPL:
 GNU Library General Public License, version 2 (SPDX short identifier: LGPL-
2.0)
 GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 (SPDX short identifier: LGPL-
2.1)
 GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3 (SPDX short identifier: LGPL-
3.0)
Equipment symbols
The following symbols are associated with the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs
Monitor.
NOTE
The model of the monitor determines which symbols appear on it.
Follow instructions for use
Caution, consult accompanying documents.
External communications port connector
Power button
External DC power input
Defibrillator-proof type BF equipment
WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT

(WEEE): This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical
and electronic equipment must not be disposed as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected
separately. Please contact an authorized representative of
the manufacturer for information concerning the
decommissioning of your equipment.

Manufacturer: This symbol is accompanied by the name

and the address of the manufacturer.
Manufacturing date: This symbol is accompanied by the

date of manufacture.
YYYY-MM
Classified with respect to electric shock, fire, and

mechanical and other specified hazards only in
accordance with CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1 and UL 2601-1
(UL 60601-1). Also evaluated to IEC 80601-2-30 and IEC
710113 60601-2-49.
For Canada only: Also evaluated to IEC 80601-2-30 and IEC
and IEC 60601-2-49.
This product conforms with the essential requirements of

the Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC. Accessories
without the CE mark are not guaranteed to meet the
Essential Requirements of the Medical Device Directive.
IPX1 This product is protected against vertically falling drops of

water and conforms with the IEC 60529 Standard at level
of IPX1. No harmful effects will come of vertically falling
drops of water making contact with the monitor.
FDA Prescriptive Device symbol for: “Caution: Federal law

restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physi-
cian.”
Catalog or orderable part number.
Device serial number.
Consult instructions for use.
The unit has an internal WLAN device inside.
Country-specific limitations on wireless use
USB port.

hPa Atmospheric pressure limitations.
hPa
Fragile. Handle with care.
% Humidity limitations.
Temperature limitations.
CAUTION — Safety ground precaution. Remove power cord

from the mains source by grasping the plug. Do not pull on
the cable.
UDI mark with GS1 DataMatrix barcode is located on the

main label at the back of the monitor and contains the
following items:
• (01) 0 0840682 11772 2 is GTIN number. Same number

to all variants.
• (241) 2067980-002 Catalog number. Same as REF.
• (21) SK516080002YA Serial number of the product. Same
as SN.
Symbols for Exergen temporal scanner
Attention, consult accompanying documents.
Consult instructions for use.
Type BF applied part.

WASTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT (WEEE):

This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and elec-
tronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal
waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an
authorized representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
Manufacturer: This symbol is accompanied by the name and

the address of the manufacturer.
Manufacturing date: This symbol is accompanied by the date

of the manufacture.
YYYY-MM-DD
IPXO Ordinary Equipment.
Measurement On button.
Classified with respect to electric shock, fire, and mechanical

and other specified hazards only in accordance with
UL60601-1, IEC60601-1 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1.
This product conforms with the essential requirements of the

Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC. Accessories without the
CE mark are not guaranteed to meet the Essential Require-
0197
ments of the Medical Device Directive.

Introduction: Service
Service
Contact information
Refer to “How To Reach Us…” on page D-1 for contact information for service or
customer support.
Refer to the back page of this manual for manufacturer or distributor contact
information.
Service policy
The warranty for this product is enclosed with the product in the shipping carton.
All repairs on products under warranty must be performed or approved by
product service personnel. Unauthorized repairs will void the warranty. Only
qualified electronics service personnel should repair products not covered by the
warranty.
Service agreements
Check with GE sales organization whether any extended warranty claims are
valid.
Assistance
If the product fails to function properly, or if assistance, service or spare parts
are required, contact Customer Support. Before contacting Customer Support, it
is helpful to attempt to duplicate the problem and to check all accessories to
ensure that they are not the cause of the problem. If you are unable to resolve
the problem after checking these items, contact GE. Prior to calling, please be
prepared to provide:
 product name, model number, and serial number
 a complete description of the problem
If repair parts or service are necessary, you will also be asked to provide:
 the facility's complete name, address, and account number
 a purchase order number if the product needs repair or when you order
spare parts
 the facility's GE account number, if possible
 the appropriate part number for spare or replacement parts
Packing instructions
If you have to return goods for service, follow recommended packing
instructions in “Packing” on page 9-21.

Introduction: Disposal of product waste
Insurance
Insurance is at the customer's discretion. The shipper must initiate claims for
damage to the product.
Repair parts
To order parts, contact Service Parts at an address or a telephone in section
“How To Reach Us…” on page D-1.
Please allow one working day for confirmation of your order. All orders must
include the following information.
 Facility's complete name, address, and phone number
 FAX number
 Your purchase order number
 Your GE account number
Disposal of product waste

As you use the monitor, you will accumulate solid waste that requires proper
disposal or recycling. This includes batteries, patient applied parts, and
packaging material. Dispose of these materials according to local or national
regulations.
Batteries
WARNING
Do not incinerate the battery or expose it to fire or high
temperatures. Doing so may cause the battery to explode.
The rechargeable battery contains Lithium-ion and can be recycled. Discharge

this battery prior to disposal. Place the battery in packaging which electrically
isolates its contents. Do not puncture or place the battery in a trash compactor.
Dispose any battery according to local or national regulations.
Patient applied parts

Certain patient applied parts, such as those with adhesive (disposable SpO2
sensors), are intended for single use and should be disposed of properly as
medical waste in accordance with regional body controlled guidelines.
Other patient applied parts, such as blood pressure cuffs, should be cleaned and
disinfected according to manufacturer’s instructions. Inspect reusable applied
parts for wear, replace as necessary, and dispose of used product as medical
waste according with regional body controlled guidelines.

Introduction: Product availability
Packaging material
Retain original packaging materials for future use in storing or shipping the
monitor and accessories. This recommendation includes corrugated shippers
and foam/corrugated spacers.
If you decide to dispose of these materials, we recommend recycling them.
Monitor
At the end of its service life, the product described in this manual, as well as its
accessories, must be disposed of in compliance with the guidelines regulating
the disposal of such products. If you have questions concerning disposal of the
product, please contact GE or its representatives.
Product availability
NOTES
Due to continual product innovation, design and specifications for these
products are subject to change without notice.
Some of the products mentioned in this manual may not be available in all
countries. Please consult your GE representative for the availability.
EMR connectivity can be implemented either with a direct connection to the

EMR or by using a commercially available HL7 Interface Engine.
SuperSTAT license can be enabled with a license key that is not available in
all countries. Contact your local GE representative about availability.
SuperSTAT license is not currently available in Canada.

2 Equipment overview

Equipment overview: Equipment description
Equipment description
The CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor provides a small, portable monitoring
alternative for sub-acute hospital and non-hospital settings. The monitor is for
use on adult, pediatric, or neonatal patients—one at a time. The battery-
operated monitor offers noninvasive determination of systolic blood pressure,
diastolic blood pressure, mean arterial pressure, pulse rate, oxygen saturation,
and temperature. Monitors are available with or without integrated printers as
well as the following parameters and technologies.
 NIBP (SuperSTAT or Auscultatory Reference Algorithms), Pulse Rate.

SuperSTAT algorithm is currently not available in Canada.
 SpO2: GE TruSignal, Nellcor OxiMax, or Masimo rainbow® SET®
 Temperature: Welch Allyn SureTemp Plus®, or Exergen TAT-5000S-USB
The model of the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor determines which
parameters are in your monitor. Please refer to applicable sections.
Using the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor, a caregiver can measure,
display, and record patient vital sign data that is derived from each parameter.
The monitor is also capable of alerting the caregiver to changes in the patient’s
condition or when it is unable to effectively monitor the patient’s condition. All of
the main operations of the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor are only an
icon-touch away. Please review the factory default settings and, where
applicable, enter settings appropriate for your use. CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs
Monitor also provides the Service with various data related to the use of the
monitor such as error logs, NIBP DCS (Data Collection System) data, EMR
transaction logs and productivity metrics.
Product configurations
 NIBP, Pulse: SuperSTAT, Auscultatory. SuperSTAT algorithm is currently not
available in Canada.
 SpO2: GE TruSignal, Nellcor OxiMax, or Masimo rainbow® SET®
 Temperature: Welch Allyn SureTemp Plus®, or Exergen TAT-5000S-USB
Each CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor comes with an accessory pack. The
contents of the pack vary according to the model. Unpack the items carefully. If
an accessory is missing or if an item is in a nonworking condition, contact your
local GE representative immediately.
It is recommended that all the packaging be retained in case the monitor must
be returned for service in the future.

Equipment overview: Front view
Front view
The CARESCAPE VC150 monitor display is a touch screen where screen items are
selected by pressing the touch panel with a fingertip.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the screen or press the screen with a sharp
object. Do not use excessive force on the screen.
Alarm light
Touch screen
Day/night
light sensor

Equipment overview: Rear view and left side
Rear view and left side

SpO2 connector, if
Remote alarm connector
equipped
USB-A and power Power switch and

connectors battery indicators
Printer door with patent USB-B port for

label connecting to a PC
Slot for Medical USB
Product identification
label NIBP hose
connection
Right side
A monitor with the Exergen temperature technology configuration setting
cannot perform Welch Allyn temperature measurements and vice versa. If the
monitor has a Welch Allyn frame installed on the right side of the monitor, then
the monitor uses Welch Allyn temperature technology.
Welch Allyn (WA) temperature

device, if equipped
WA TEMP label next to the WA

connector
If the monitor does not have the Welch Allyn frame installed, then there are two
alternatives.
1. Exergen technology has been ordered and the monitor is configured for use
of Exergen.
or
2. No temperature measurement has been ordered for the monitor.

Equipment overview: User interface and connections
User interface and connections

The CARESCAPE VC150 screen design is divided into different sections that are
covered more in detail in the tables below.
PATIENT CAREGIVER
PARAMETERS NOTIFICATIONS TIME/DATE
NIBP BUTTONS MAIN MENU

Technical information and clinical information
Icon/Text Information displayed
Battery low (color: red).
DC connected.
Battery charging (color: green).
Battery charge level.
Battery failure.
WLAN is active.
Connecting to WLAN.
No WLAN available.
Fields for patient and caregiver name, marked with

related icons.
Service can select following format for the patient name:
• Show both last and first name, or either one if

available.
• Show only last name.
• Show only first name.
• Show only identification.
• Show last name and initial for the first name.
Time and Date Time and Date

Notification area
Alarm and technical messages are displayed in the notification area. The alarm
and indicators are active only in the optional monitoring mode.
Audio alarms are enabled. Action icon for silencing

alarms.
Indication that alarms are silenced. A countdown timer

underneath the indicator displays the remaining time for
the silence.
Indication that alarms are disabled in spot-check mode.
Parameters
Menu selections for SpO2 settings are different depending upon the purchased
SpO2 technology, additional licenses and selections in the Monitor Setup > SpO2
screen. The screen automatically adjusts to ambient light conditions by toggling
between day and night brightness settings. Default expiration time for
measurement data on screen is 15 minutes. This can be adjusted in the
configuration mode.
Parameters
1. Systolic blood pressure and unit of

1 measurement, time of last
2 measurement and patient type.
3 2. Inflate icon to start a single
4 measurement or additional
5 measurement between automated
6 measurements.
7 3. Mean arterial blood pressure (MAP).
4. Selected cycle/interval.
5. Icon to stop a selected STAT, Cycle or
Profile measurement.
6. Time to next automated
measurement.
7. Diastolic blood pressure, time of last
measurement and patient type.

Parameters
Screen during an NIBP measurement:

1
1. Cuff pressure in mmHg.
2
2. Animation for cuff inflation.
3 3. Selected cycle/interval.
4. Icon to cancel series of automated
4
measurements.
5
5. Time to next automated
measurement.
1. Measured parameter and unit of

1 measurement (SpO2 and % as
2 example here).
2. Measured value or dashes "--" if no
3
value is available.
4 3. Measurement site and a technical
error message (if error condition
active) or dashes "--" if no selection.
4. Perfusion index indicated by a
numeric value (not displayed on
home screen by default).
NOTE
If measurement site is changed, the
selected site will be displayed in
next measurement and current site
information will change to dashes.
1. Parameter: Pulse Rate (beats per

1
minute).
2 2. The actual pulse rate.
3 3. Pulse Rate Source (NIBP or SpO2)
1 2 1. Body temperature (optional).

3
2. The actual measured value.
3. Snail icon to select monitor mode
(Welch Allyn thermometry). Turns to
4 an animated indicator when the
optional monitoring mode is active. If
configured so, the monitor can
display both C/F temperatures.
4. Time since last measurement and
measurement site.
NOTE
If measurement site is changed, the
selected site will be displayed in
next measurement and current site
information will change to dashes.

Parameters
1. Respiration Rate (optional).

2. The actual measured value.
1
2
Signal quality indicated by asterisks
Source: Perfusion Index (TruSignal and

Nellcor) and SIQ (Masimo)
Graph area
An optional plethysmographic waveform is displayed in the graph area. SpO2
waveforms are not displayed by default. If the monitor is equipped with Masimo
SpO2 technology, an RRa curve can be displayed with the waveform. Waveform
is selected in MonitorSpO2 > SpO2.
Graph area
Plethysmographic waveform (Pleth).
Plethysmographic waveform with Masimo

RRa curve.

Masimo data bar (optional)

Optional data from Masimo SpO2 technology is displayed in the Masimo bar at
the bottom of the screen.
Masimo data bar (optional)
Total hemoglobin concentration (optional).
Fractional methemoglobin concentration

(optional).
Fractional carboxyhemoglobin concentration

(optional).
Total arterial oxygen content (optional).
Graph area
An optional plethysmographic waveform is displayed in the graph area. SpO2
waveforms are not displayed by default. If the monitor is equipped with Masimo
SpO2 technology, an RRa curve can be displayed with the waveform. Waveform
is selected in MonitorSpO2 > SpO2.
Graph area
Plethysmographic waveform (Pleth).
Plethysmographic waveform with Masimo

RRa curve.

Main Menu
The main menu bar contains icons to navigate within the user interface.
Main menu
The home icon is used to close the active monitor setup menu
screen and revert the monitor to the main screen where the
patient’s measurements are displayed.
Alarm Setup is used to adjust for various alarm settings and

select between spot-check and monitoring modes.
NOTE
Alarm Setup is available only when the optional monitoring
mode is selected.
Monitor Setup is used to access a screen where you can

configure and adjust monitor operation.
Patient & Records is used to access stored measurements, and

manage patient and caregiver identity.
Snapshot is used to store parameter measurement data into

local patient history.
Help is used to access an index screen of topics and a context

sensitive help.
Custom defined fields

The user can select the display on lower part of the screen.
Observations Manually entered data is displayed on left. This feature

is available if enabled by service.
Waveforms Measurement data display form
both Waveforms and observations share the display area.

Waveforms shrink and expand depending on the
number of manual fields. If over 3 fields are displayed,
waveform is hidden.
none None of the above is displayed.

Equipment overview: Operating modes
Selecting Observations in MonitorSpO2 > SpO2 adds manual parameter fields

on home screen. If the monitor has no SpO2 installed, select Observations in
Default Setup/Oximetry Graph.
Manual fields are cleared if following conditions apply:
• Parameter expires according to Measurement Expiration Time defined in

Default Setup
• a new patient is admitted
If a snapshot is not available in patient records, a new snapshot is taken after
selection of manual parameter shortcut.
EWS parameters are shown first left on screen.
Operating modes
The monitor has the following modes of operation:
 Clinical mode
 Spot-check mode
 Monitoring mode (optional)
 Configuration mode with three levels of access:
 Monitor Setup for settings by any user.
 Default Setup (password-protected area) for settings by someone at
the hospital or care unit that has the clinical skills and authority to set
up default settings for the monitor.
 Service Mode (password-protected area) for additional configuration,
calibration and maintenance of the monitor.
CAUTION
Service Mode is intended for use by qualified and trained service
personnel only.

Clinical mode
The clinical mode starts right after the
monitor is turned on. When the home
screen appears and two beeps are
heard, vital signs for the patient can be
monitored.
The clinical mode will end when the

monitor is put into standby, the monitor
is shut down, Default Setup or Service
Mode is entered. During Monitor Setup
monitoring processes continue in the
background. The clinical mode resumes Clinical mode screen
after selecting the home icon. In the
clinical mode, all parameters are available for monitoring and user settings can
be adjusted. Alarm limits are available only in the optional monitoring mode, not
in spot-check mode.
NOTE
If Query for duplicate measurements
feature is enabled by service and you
take multiple measurements before
Measurement Expiration Time is over,
the monitor asks whether to save a
new snapshot or overwrite the
previous measurement. If you select
overwrite, the previous measurement
value is discarded.
Spot-check mode and monitoring mode

Clinical spot-check mode (sometimes called manual mode) is intended for brief
examinations, while the optional clinical monitoring mode is intended for longer
examinations. In spot-check mode, alarms are not active. In monitoring mode,
alarms are active. The mode is selected in the Alarm Setup screen.
Monitor configuration
The monitor has three types of settings:
1. The current settings, which can be adjusted by the regular user during care
session. Settings revert to factory defaults each time a patient is changed.
2. The current default settings, to which the monitor returns upon starting a
new patient. These defaults can be changed only in the configuration mode.
3. Factory defaults for alarm settings on the monitor when it is first received by
the customer. Service can revert alarm settings to factory defaults if
necessary.

All users can access Alarm Setup, Monitor Setup and Patient & Records to
configure or customize user-preferred default settings for measurements in
clinical mode.
When a menu icon is selected, the related menu screen will be displayed, the
menu item will be highlighted and other menu items dimmed. That indicates you
are in that section.
Current settings or default settings can be adjusted

while a patient is being monitored, but new
examinations cannot be initiated while in the
configuration mode and the parameter data will not be
displayed on screen until the user returns to clinical
mode. The name of the menu screen is displayed on the upper left section of the
screen.
Alarm setup
The alarm limit adjustment allows you to change upper and lower alarm limit
settings used on individual parameter items while monitoring a patient. If a
parameter alarm limit has been set OFF in the configuration mode, color of the
alarm limit on the Alarm Setup screen is displayed as gray and cannot be
adjusted. Also, you can select spot-check or the optional monitoring mode here.
Refer to “Alarm limit setup” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for
instructions. Depending on the purchased licenses for options, the screen items
will vary.

NOTES
 There are no alarm limits and no clinical alarm messages for temperature
measurement.
 All changes are temporary and return to the default configuration settings
when the monitor is turned off or a new patient is admitted. To permanently
change the alarm settings refer to “Default Setup” in CARESCAPE VC150
Operator’s Manual.
 Alarm setup displays only parameters that are selected in the Monitor
setup or in the Default Setup.
WARNINGS
Monitors located in the same clinical area may contain
different alarm default settings, which can result in a potential
hazard.
Always check your alarm settings before using the monitor.
Caution should be taken to not set alarm limits to extreme

values, as this can render the alarm system useless.

Equipment overview: Using the numeric keypad
Using the numeric keypad

The numeric keypad can be used to enter numeric values, for example, in an
alarm limit box. The minimum and maximum values are displayed in
parenthesis.
A numeric entry is accepted with Confirm.
An numeric entry is canceled with Cancel.
Backspace icon.
Dash icon.
Decimal comma icon.
Monitor Setup
Monitor Setup consists of four tabs that all users are allowed to configure. These
configurations are only for the current patient, except for the Audible & Visual
settings. To make these changes permanent, these must be changed in the
configuration mode.
Audible & Visual is used to configure alarm and display brightness and
sound settings. Refer to “Audible & Visual” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s
Manual for instructions.
NIBP is used to select cuff position, target inflation pressures and patient
position. Refer to “NIBP” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for
instructions.
SpO2 is used to select measurement site and visual elements SpO2

parameter in clinical mode. Refer to “TruSignal SpO2”, “Masimo SpO2” and
“Nellcor SpO2” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for instructions.
Temperature is used to configure temperature measurement. Refer to

“Temperature setup” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for
instructions.

Advanced is used for further configuration of the monitor:
 Default Setup (password-protected, only for a nurse manager)

 Service Mode (password-protected, only for the Service)
 Start Remote Service (available if the feature is set up by the service,
activated by the nurse manager or the service)
Advanced screen provides monitor information such as Serial Number, MAC
Address, Care Area, Software Version, Platform, IP Address.
Default Setup
Password protected Default Setup is used for a more advanced configuration of
some general items General, Alarm Defaults, Visual Settings and
Measurement settings. It is intended for someone at the hospital or care unit
that has the clinical skills and authority to configure default settings for the
monitor. Availability of configurable features depends on what parameter-
related options have been ordered. Changes applied in Default Setup remain set
even if the monitor is switched off. Refer to “Default Setup” in CARESCAPE VC150
Operator’s Manual for instructions.
WARNING
Remember to press the home icon to save settings and exit
Default Setup. Failure to do so allows change of settings by
unauthorized users.

Service Mode
Service Mode is used for advanced configuration of the software and calibration
of monitor hardware. If Service Mode is entered, the monitor will prompt to
cancel measurements and discharge the patient because the monitor has to be
restarted after changes in Service Mode.
CAUTION
Service Mode is intended for use by qualified and trained
service personnel only.
WARNING
Remember to press the home icon to save settings and exit the
Service Mode. Failure to do so allows change of settings by
unauthorized users.
Start Remote Service

Once the nurse manager has selected Start Remote Service, service can
perform remote service work on the monitor.
Patient & Records

Patient and caregiver related data in Patient & Records can be used for
following:
• Entering patient information and searching for patients

• Logging the caregiver on and off
• Viewing, editing and sending snapshots
NOTE
Refer to “Patient and caregiver data” in the Operator’s Manual KO00065
(English) or a localized VC150 Operator’s Manual for more information.

Printout
The printer is an optional feature of the monitor. If your monitor contains a
printer, each time a printout is started the following information is printed.
1 Contents of the printout can be selected in the Patient & Records screen.
2 Item Name
1 Monitor name and model number. Current software revision. The

software revision letters map to a numeric software revision.
2 Caregiver name. Time of printing. Information about the patient and

care facility.
3
3 Snapshot
 Left side: printer line headings.
 Middle: Vital signs information is displayed as a snapshot (or
collection) of all available data at the time. Two different
shapshots can be printed side by side with the monitor strip
printer. Non-continuous values such as NIBP, predictive
temperature and Exergen temperature are automatically
captured when the measurement is completed. Continuous
values (SpO2 and temperature in the monitor mode) are stored
with the Snapshot icon. Printed contents vary depending on
which SpO2 or temperature technology is used to provide the
data.
 Right side: Units of measurement.

Equipment overview: Overall principles of operation
Overall principles of operation

This section provides an overall theory of operation and a functional description
of the monitor.
The monitor is a portable unit that receives power from an internal rechargeable
Lithium-Ion battery.
When the On/Off button is pressed, the motherboard is brought out of a sleep
mode and the power regulators are turned on. The power regulators provide
conditioned power from the battery. The external DC source is used to charge
the battery and to provide power for the monitor. Once the monitor is powered,
a self-test is performed. The self-test automatically tests the main functions of
the monitor. If the self-test fails, the user cannot access the clinical mode. The
monitor can be powered up with external DC source and used without a battery
but the clinical mode cannot be used and an alarm message is displayed in the
notification area.
Under normal operating conditions, the monitor is ready to record the patient
vital signs using three external attachments: the temperature probe, SpO2
sensor, and NIBP cuff. The monitor can be connected to a hospital network with
a wireless connection. USB devices can be connected to USB-A slots on the rear
side of the monitor. A PC can be connected to a USB-B slot on the left side of the
monitor
NOTES
 Prior to each use, inspect the power supply cord to ensure proper
connection and condition.
 Be sure to unplug the monitor before transport.

SpO2
The SpO2 probe has a built-in sensor. When the SpO2 sensor is attached to the
SpO2 connector and patient, the probe senses both pulse rate and oxygen
saturation. The analog signals are routed to the SpO2 module for GE TruSignal,
Nellcor, or Masimo. The analog signals are analyzed on the SpO2 module. The
results are digitized and sent to the motherboard via opto couplers. The couplers
provide patient isolation as well as serial data interface. The motherboard
temporarily stores the data and routes it to the display and/or printer.
A reset signal to the SpO2 module is also provided so that power-up sequencing
is correct. If the SpO2 circuit quits communicating with the motherboard, the
motherboard will attempt to reset the SpO2 module.
NIBP and pulse measuring technologies

The noninvasive blood pressure (NIBP) parameter in the monitor is available with
two types of DINAMAP NIBP technologies: one calibrated to intra-arterial
pressure (SuperSTAT) and one calibrated to the auscultatory method
(Auscultatory). Specific technologies are available in select markets. The monitor
user interface, instructions for use and alarms will be the same for all used
technologies applicable to CARESCAPE VC150. The NIBP parameter is included in
all models. Blood pressure is monitored noninvasively in the monitor by
oscillometric method.
NOTE
SuperSTAT algorithm is currently not available in Canada. NIBP
determination for neonatal population cannot be done. Auscultatory
method cannot be used for neonatal patients.
When the cuff and hose are attached to the monitor and a NIBP determination is
initiated, the pump inflates the cuff. Pressure transducers PT1 and PT2 monitor
the pressure information. The pneumatic manifold has one valve, which is used
to deflate the cuff. Valve control is through the NIBP board. When the cuff
pressure data acquisition for the determination is complete, the processor on
the NIBP board calculates the systolic NIBP, the diastolic NIBP, the mean arterial
pressure (MAP), and the pulse rate. The results are then transferred to the
motherboard, which will display the results on the monitor screen. The user can
also print the results.
The pneumatics are controlled by the NIBP processor. The NIBP processor
monitors pressure information from PT2. If an over-inflation condition occurs,
the OVERPRESSURE signal is routed to the pneumatics to release the air
pressure. The motherboard also generates a technical alarm condition with the
word Overpressure appearing below the diastolic value. A NIBP Overpressure
will appear within 10 seconds in the notification area.

DINAMAPTM SuperSTAT algorithm (SuperSTAT is currently not available in Canada)

The oscillometric method of determining NIBP is accomplished by a sensitive
transducer which measures cuff pressure and pressure oscillations within the
cuff. For the first determination taken on a patient, the algorithm stores the
pattern of the patient's oscillation size as a function of the pressure steps.
When NIBP measurements are performed: 1) the monitor will use a previous
NIBP value for adaptive target inflation pressure as long as this is displayed on
the screen. 2) the NIBP values are displayed for a maximum of 30 minutes or
until another determination is initiated. When the values on the screen expire or
the patient is discharged, the adaptive target pressure will be automatically
cleared.
For subsequent single, auto, or STAT determinations taken before data of the
previous determination of the same patient has expired, as few as four pressure
steps may be necessary to complete the determination process. When
employing fewer pressure steps, the system uses the stored information from
the previous blood pressure determination to decide the best pressure steps to
take. The algorithm measures the consistency of pulse size to tell if the
oscillations taken at a step are good and if more steps are needed.
The first determination settles at an initial target pressure of 135 mmHg (adult
mode) and 100 mmHg (neonate mode), depending on initial target pressure
preset. To allow for rapid settling of cuff pressure, the monitor will momentarily
inflate to a higher pressure then immediately deflate to the target pressure. After
inflating the cuff, the NIBP parameter begins to deflate. The oscillations versus
cuff pressure are measured to determine the mean pressure and calculate the
systolic and diastolic pressures.
During an NIBP determination, the parameter deflates the cuff one step each
time it detects two pulsations of relatively equal amplitude. The time between
deflation steps depends on the frequency of these matched pulses (pulse rate of
the patient). However, if the monitor is unable to find any pulse within several
seconds, it will deflate to the next step. The process of finding two matched
pulses at each step provides artifact rejection due to patient movement and
greatly enhances the accuracy of the monitor. The figure shows a full
determination sequence for an adult patient.

Full NIBP determination sequence for adult

(specific pressure values are examples only)
At each step the microprocessor stores cuff pressure, the matched pulse
amplitude, and the time between successive pulses. The stepped deflation and
matched pulse detection continues until diastolic pressure is determined or total
cuff pressure falls below 8 mmHg. The parameter then deflates the cuff (to zero
detected pressure), analyzes the stored data, and updates the screen.
The operating cycle is composed of four parts: inflation time, deflation time,
evaluation time, and wait time. Wait time, which varies from mode to mode, is
affected by the cycle time (auto mode) or operator intervention (manual mode).
The figure shows the basic operating cycle for an NIBP determination.
Inflation
Time
CUFF PRESSURE
Wait Time
Evaluation Time
Deflation Time
Determination Time
Cycle Time
TIME
SuperSTAT NIBP - auto mode

Systolic search
NOTE
Arrhythmias will increase the time required by the NIBP parameter to
determine a blood pressure.
If systolic pressure is not found, the SuperSTAT algorithm can search at cuff
pressures higher than the initial target pressure. The algorithm will inflate above
the initial target pressure to obtain more data in the systolic region. The pressure
is limited to the maximum allowed for the selected patient type.
The SuperSTAT algorithm evaluates the data obtained during the determination,
and the prior determination if it is available, to determine if additional data is
needed to complete the determination. It can then selectively pump to a single
cuff pressure to obtain the data it needs and then return to the existing deflation
sequence. This search process makes SuperSTAT more efficient.
Accuracy of the SuperSTAT NIBP measurements was validated against the intra-
arterial method. Do not use the auscultatory method to verify the accuracy of
the SuperSTAT NIBP parameter. The auscultatory method (using the cuff and
stethoscope) determines the systolic and diastolic pressures from sounds that
occur during cuff deflation. Mean arterial pressure cannot be determined by the
auscultation method. The oscillometric method used with all DINAMAP
technologies determines systolic, mean and diastolic pressures from the
oscillation pattern that occurs in the cuff during deflation.
DINAMAP auscultatory reference algorithm

The oscillometric method of determining NIBP is accomplished by a sensitive
transducer, which measures cuff pressure and minute pressure oscillations
within the cuff. The first determination sequence initially pumps up to a cuff
pressure of about 160 mmHg for adult/pediatric patients depending on initial
target pressure preset. After inflating the cuff, the monitor begins to deflate it
and measures systolic pressure, mean arterial pressure, and diastolic pressure.
When the diastolic pressure has been determined, the monitor finishes deflating
the cuff and updates the screen.
The auscultatory reference is an algorithm based upon Korotkoff sounds and a

stethoscope. It is used only for adults/peds because neonates and babies/
toddlers under 3 years do not produce adequate Korotkoff sounds. The monitor
deflates the cuff one step each time it detects two pulsations of relatively equal
amplitude. The time between deflation steps depends on the frequency of these
matched pulses (pulse rate of the patient). However, if the monitor is unable to
find any pulse within several seconds, it will deflate to the next step. The process
of finding two matched pulses at each step provides artifact rejection due to
patient movement and greatly enhances the accuracy of the monitor. The figure
shows the NIBP determination sequence.

NIBP determination sequence

(specific pressure values are examples only)
At each step the microprocessor stores cuff pressure, the matched pulse
amplitude, and the time between successive pulses. The stepped deflation and
matched pulse detection continues until diastolic pressure is determined or total
cuff pressure falls below 7 mmHg. The monitor then deflates the cuff (to zero
detected pressure), analyzes the stored data, and updates the screen.
The operating cycle is composed of four parts: inflation time, deflation time,
evaluation time, and wait time. Wait time, which varies from mode to mode, is
affected by the cycle time (auto mode) or operator intervention (manual mode).
The figure shows the basic operating cycle.
NIBP operating cycle

Systolic search
If systolic pressure is not found, the NIBP parameter can search at cuff pressures
higher than the initial target pressure. The parameter will inflate the cuff above
the initial target pressure to get more data in the systolic region. The pressure is
limited to the maximum allowed for the selected patient type.
In any operating mode, if a patient's systolic pressure exceeds the inflation

pressure of the monitor, the monitor will begin normal deflation sequence,
detect the absence of a systolic value, stop deflation, reinflate to a higher (than
initial) inflation pressure, and resume normal deflation sequence.
In manual mode, if a previous valid systolic pressure is displayed and less than 2
minutes old, and the new systolic pressure oscillations are compared with the
previous valid determination and the monitor "thinks" that the systolic was not
obtained, the monitor will inflate the cuff to a pressure above the immediately
preceding inflation.
Reference used to determine NIBP accuracy

To establish accuracy of an NIBP device, manufacturers have used several
different types of references. The reference blood pressures may be obtained by
invasive pressure monitoring at the central aortic region or at the radial sites.
The reference blood pressures may also be obtained by noninvasive methods
like auscultatory method (using cuff and stethoscope).
NOTE
Auscultatory method cannot be used for neonatal patients. SuperSTAT
algorithm, using intra-arterial pressure reference, is currently not available
in Canada. NIBP determination for neonatal population cannot be done.
Monitors with intra-arterial reference (DINAMAPTM SuperSTAT

technology)
For these monitors, the NIBP is referenced to the invasive blood pressure
obtained at the central aortic region.
NOTES
For instructions on how to change the NIBP algorithm, refer to “Changing
the NIBP configuration” on page 5-11.
VC150 cannot be used for NIBP measurements of neonatal patients.
Monitors with auscultatory reference (DINAMAP auscultatory

reference technology)
In these monitors, the reference blood pressure is the auscultatory method for
adult and pediatric populations. For neonatal populations, the usual reference is
the invasive blood pressure obtained from the umbilical artery.
NOTE
For neonatal determinations the SuperSTAT algorithm is always used.
SuperSTAT algorithm is not currently available in Canada. NIBP
determination for neonatal population cannot be done without it.

Temperature
The monitor uses the following technologies to measure patient temperature:
Welch Allyn or Exergen.
Welch Allyn temperature measurement

The Welch Allyn (WA) temperature probes contain a heating element that
preheats the probe to reduce determination time. The heating function is
controlled by the Welch Allyn board. The WA probes also contain a thermistor
that indicates the temperature. When the probe is attached to the temperature
connector and patient, the signal generated by the thermistor that senses
temperature is routed to the WA board. When the probe makes contact with the
patient, the resistance of the thermistor is sensed by circuitry on the WA board.
The motherboard then processes the digital signal and transfers the patient
temperature to the display and printer in degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit.
When the monitor is powered on, the monitor automatically calibrates the
temperature circuit to account for ambient room temperature.
NOTE
If large changes occur in the ambient temperature, the temperature system
can be recalibrated by cycling power using the On/Off button.
The monitor frequently verifies the signal for temperature and if it is out of
tolerance, the monitor will issue an alarm.
Welch Allyn temperature options

Welch Allyn temperature technology supports two different temperature
measurement modes of operation: predictive and monitor.
Exergen temperature measurement

The Exergen TemporalScanner™ uses ultrafast infrared scanning technology
with arterial heat balance algorithms to quickly and noninvasively measure the
patient's temperature. As the caregiver passes the scanner over the patient's
skin, its infrared sensor samples the radiant heat emanating from the body at
1000 times per second, which reaches a maximum over the temporal artery. The
scanner then derives the patient's body temperature from the peak infrared
sensor readings and the local ambient temperature as measured by the
scanner. A scan behind the ear is included in the use protocol to prevent errors
due to perspiration.
Refer to the operator's manual for complete instructions for use. For more
information on the theory of operation, scientific, educational and technical
information, access the following website: www.TAThermometry.org.

Equipment overview: Functional description
Functional description
The CARESCAPE VC150 monitor operation consists of many blocks that are
described in the diagram below.
The monitor contains a number of electrical and electro-mechanical assemblies.

These assemblies are:
 Motherboard
 NIBP module
 SpO2 module (optional)
 USB board
 Isolation board (optional)
 Printer (optional)
 Welch Allyn module (optional)
The following paragraphs describe the functional interface relationship.

Equipment overview: Functional description
Motherboard
The motherboard has a main processor and a supplementary processor that
both run specifically assigned subprocesses such as patient parameter interface
(PPI) devices, user interface, power, printer, USB board, real time clock, audio
circuit, and host communication. If the processor system detects a failure, it
displays an error message related to the condition and releases the cuff if the
failure is related to NIBP operation.
The motherboard uses the battery supply to generate regulated DC power that
is routed to the USB and isolation board for isolation. The external DC input is
used to charge the battery via charging circuitry on the motherboard.
The SpO2 module filters and amplifies SpO2 data and then routes it to the
motherboard that processes the data and sends the results to the screen. If a
snapshot is created, the data can also be printed.
The motherboard provides isolation for the remote alarm.
NOTE
Motherboard labeling with initial software versions (at the time of delivery
from the manufacturer) is only for the quality purposes of the manufacturer.
The labeling does not state the current software version in use!
NIBP module
The NIBP board consists of a pump, a deflate valve, and a dump valve. The
pneumatics inflate/deflate the cuff during NIBP determinations. During normal
operation the pneumatics are controlled by the NIBP board. If an overpressure
condition occurs, the NIBP processor provides the appropriate control signals to
ensure a safe condition, where the cuff vents to ambient atmosphere pressure.
SpO2 module
The monitor can be configured for use with either a GE TruSignal, Nellcor, or
Masimo SpO2 module. The SpO2 module provides continuous readings of oxygen
saturation and pulse rate. The isolation board provides power and data
communications between the SpO2 module and the main processor. Patient
data from a sensor is routed from the SpO2 module to motherboard.
USB board
USB board contains a DC-input connector, three USB-A ports and a reset-switch.
These can be accessed underneath the USB door at the back of the monitor.
Medical USB board

A Medical USB board contains an isolated USB-B port for connecting the
CARESCAPE VC150 to a PC, and a non-isolated USB port for Medical USB (not
currently available). The Medical USB board is mounted in the left handle strip.

Equipment overview: Connectivity
Isolation board
Isolation board provides isolated power for the SpO2 module and Welch Allyn.
The information is routed to the motherboard via an optically coupled
electrically isolated serial connection.
Printer (optional)
The printer receives power from the motherboard and communicates with the
main processor to print a graphic hard copy of the patient’s vital sign values. The
printer communicates with the supplementary processor, which then
communicates with the main processor.
The printer has a built-in sensor to monitor the printer paper presence. When the
printer is out of paper, it sends a signal to the main processor via the
supplementary processor.
Welch Allyn board (optional)

The Welch Allyn board receives power from the isolation board and transmits
the measurement data to the motherboard, which processes it and relays the
data on to the display and to the printer.
The optical switch monitors whether the Welch Allyn temperature probe is
inserted in the probe well or not. The motherboard powers the switch via the
isolation board.
Connectivity
With the purchase of option-specific licenses and wireless or Hostcomm
connection (Hostcomm is currently reserved for manufacturing and production
use only, it is not available for clinical use.) to hospital network, the monitor can
send patient data and information entered by a caregiver to the hospital EMR.
Only EMR queries and sending out patient data is possible. The monitor cannot
edit anything in the EMR. The monitor can interact with an LDAP server to
validate the caregiver identity.
WARNING
Wireless devices cannot be fully protected against malicious
attacks from an intruder who has penetrated the hospital
wireless/network infrastructure. Consider carefully the benefits
vs. risks of using the wireless function.
Electromagnetic interference from a desktop or a laptop

computer connected to the VC150 may affect the performance
of the monitor. Do not use the monitor for vital signs
measurements while connected to a PC or laptop via USB-B
connection.

CARESCAPE
VC150 ADT
WLAN EMR
NTP
Non-GE
Router Gateway
LDAP
NOTE
Connection between Router and HIS (EMR, ADT & LDAP) does not always
require a separate gateway. The WLAN and router belong to the existing
hospital infrastructure.
When connectivity configuration for the wireless connection is complete, a

steady WLAN icon will appear to indicate connection to the hospital network. If a
connection cannot be established, the WLAN icon will keep blinking. If there is no
WLAN icon on screen, the connectivity configuration is incomplete.
The monitor will tolerate temporary interruptions in network service.
CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor connectivity options

The following connectivity options are available for use with the
CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor and can be purchased from your GE
representative:
 VC150 UPGR - CSG INBOUND PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS OPTION

 VC150 UPGR - PDQ INBOUND PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS OPTION
 VC150 UPGR - PCD-01 VITAL SIGNS OUTBOUND OPTION
 VC150 UPGR - CERNER VITALSLINK OPTION
 VC150 UPGR - LDAP CAREGIVER VALIDATION OPTION
 Direct connection: USB-B cables are used to connect the CARESCAPE VC150
Vital Signs Monitor to general purpose devices, such as a PC.
 Remote alarm cable: This cable connects the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs
Monitor to the hospital’s remote alarm system to provide remote alarming.
For more information, see “Connections” on page 3-10 and “Connectivity” on
page 4-25.
GE frequently updates its connectivity accessory offerings. Please contact your

GE sales representative for the latest information on connectivity solutions for
your monitor.

Connections
CAUTION
Auxiliary equipment connected to the CARESCAPE VC150 vital
signs monitor will result in the formation of an electromedical
system and thus must comply with the requirements of IEC
60601-1. All USB ports except USB-B are non-isolated and
should be connected to equipment conforming to IEC-60601-1
or configured to comply with IEC 60601-1 only. Do not connect
unapproved devices to the monitor.
Contact your GE representative for the CARESCAPE VC150 Hostcomm protocol

specification.
 The monitor provides connections for NIBP, SpO2, USB-B, Welch Allyn, three
regular USB-A connections, remote alarm and a power cord. One port is
reserved for a future Medical USB connection. This port is currently not
available.
NIBP SpO2
Welch Medical USB

Allyn (not currently
available)

USB-A USB-B
USB
Power cord
Remote alarm
connection
When a USB-A cable is connected, the monitor tries to find an external USB
device. When a USB-B cable is connected, the monitor can be connected to a PC.
For data communication, use the following:
 USB cable kit (GE part number 2045010-001)

 Remote alarm cable, VC150 (GE part number 2078001-001)
When a medium or high-priority alarm condition is displayed on the monitor, the
remote alarm signal becomes active within 0.5 seconds. The active state of the
alarm signal is an open circuit. In the inactive state the alarm signal is closed
circuit.
NOTES
The primary method of asserting alarms is always locally by the monitor
itself. The remote alarm should only be considered a supplemental method
of asserting alarms.
The monitor does not support Hostcomm 1846 communication protocol.
Hostcomm is currently reserved for manufacturing and production use only,

it is not available for clinical use.

Equipment overview: Battery
Battery
The CARESCAPE VC150 uses a 6-pack Lithium-ion battery (3 cells in series and 2
cells in parallel). The battery pack includes a protection circuit for overcurrent,
overvoltage and low voltage as well as an NTC resistor for temperature
information to the charging circuit on the motherboard. In order to guarantee
battery availability, there are two batteries available for the CARESCAPE VC150
that have the same capacity, but different nominal voltage. The voltage is
marked on the battery and it must be selected in software during the initial
installation. Check CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories for battery FRU
order codes.

3 Installation

Installation: Introduction
Introduction
This section describes how to unpack and install the CARESCAPE VC150 monitor.
Workflow
A recommended workflow is the following:
 Install licenses manually. Refer to “Enable licenses” on page 4-5.

 Import EWS settings/all settings. Refer to “Importing EWS settings with USB”
on page 10-6.
 Perform other configuration (that are not imported)
 Export settings. Refer to “Exporting settings” on page 9-14.
Installation checklist
Unpack the monitor. Refer to “Unpacking the unit” on page 3-2.
Attach the battery. Refer to “First charge of the battery” on page 3-3.
Start up the monitor. Refer to “Turning the monitor on” on page 3-6.
Calibrate touchscreen. Refer to “Touch screen recalibration” on page 3-
7.
Verify the touchscreen calibration. Refer to “Verification of the touch
screen recalibration” on page 3-8.
Proceed to “Monitor configuration checklist” on page 4-2.
Unpacking the unit

The packing material is useful to store for future purposes in case the unit would
need to be transported. When unpacking the product, lay the packing material
aside in one place so that you can easily pack the material after the monitor has
been installed.
While unpacking all items from their individual packages, identify the contents of
all shipping materials and perform a visual check for any damage incurred
during transportation. Refer to “Visual inspection checklist” on page 9-5 to check
what the shipment should contain at a minimum. The contents may vary
depending on the purchased technology options. If an item has sustained
damage, contact customer service immediately.
Tool required for unpacking

 A box cutter
Unpacking the monitor

1. Rotate the monitor box so that arrows point up.
2. Lift the lid to open the package (if Innokas Medical seal is in place, cut it with
a utility knife).
3. Remove the top foam insert with manual CD and power supply.

4. Remove the monitor from the box and the plastic bag.
5. Place the monitor on a steady table, face down. Ensure that the surface will
not scratch the touch screen. Use a soft, lint-free cloth if necessary.
6. If the monitor has been stored in cold ambient temperature, moisture may
condense inside the monitor. Let the monitor and the battery warm up to
room temperature before connecting the battery and turning on the
monitor.
7. Fill in the shipment checklist below. Contents of a CARESCAPE VC150
shipment depends on the country of destination. A typical shipment must
contain at least the following:
CARESCAPE VC150 Shipment checklist
Customer Date
Item in the package Yes/No
CARESCAPE VC150 Vital Signs Monitor
Manual kit
CARESCAPE VC150 POWER SUPPLY
8. The monitor delivery may also include accessories purchased in addition to

the initial monitor order.
9. Proceed to “First charge of the battery” on page 3-3.
First charge of the battery

The battery cable must first be connected by Service. After that the monitor can
be plugged in. The battery then charges automatically. When an external DC
power is connected, the battery charge indicator on screen means that the
battery is charging. Prior to first use and after 8 hours of charging, be sure the
battery indicator is green when the charger is not connected and the monitor is
on.
NOTES
Before taking the monitor into clinical use for the first time, the battery must
be charged for at least 8 hours to optimize battery performance. This initial
8-hour battery charge is very important for correct performance of the
monitor.
The battery needs at least three charging cycles to determine its charging
capacity.
The battery pack should be charged at room temperature: 5°C to 40°C (41°F
to 104°F).
You can charge or top off the battery pack at any time. You should not wait
until the battery is fully discharged.

Procedure
1. Remove the bottom plate and pull the battery out from the battery
compartment as instructed in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
2. Check what the battery voltage is and write it on the line below. Use this
information to select for the corresponding Battery type in “Calibration” on
page 4-17.
NOTE
The monitor is delivered either with 11.1V or 10.8V battery. Also if the battery
is ordered separately, the voltage may be either of these two.
CAUTION
To ensure the optimal battery performance, select the Battery
type (voltage) after every new battery installation.
Battery voltage ___________________________ V
Date of initial battery installation ___________________________
3. Plug in the battery cable, and place the battery in the monitor as instructed
in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
4. Inspect the power supply cord to ensure proper connection and condition.
5. Plug the AC cord into the AC mains input on the external power supply.
6. Plug the supply DC output underneath the USB door.
NOTE
Use only the original power adapter, or a power adapter that has been
specified for this monitor. Refer to the CARESCAPE VC150 supplies and
accessories document (KO00125).

7. Plug the AC cord into a hospital grounded AC receptacle.

With external DC power connected, an LED indicator above the On/Off button
indicates that the battery is charging. The LED indicator remains active whether
the unit is on or off. A tone sounds whenever the DC charger is connected/
disconnected. Battery charging will take place as long as the monitor remains
connected to the DC power supply, which is connected AC mains. The charging
is constant (charging voltage 12.6V and current 1.5A at maximum) and
continues until the required charge level is reached. After this, the charge is
terminated.
 Charging the battery pack for 8 hours before first use, or after prolonged
periods of storage, calibrates the battery charging circuitry with the charge
status of the battery.
 If the monitor is idle for extended periods, it should be fully charged at least
once a month to ensure optimum performance.
 The battery pack should be charged before use, because a battery loses
charge when left in storage. Charging is done automatically by the monitor
when the external DC power is connected.
 To prolong the life of the battery, keep the monitor connected to a DC power
supply whenever possible. Do not allow the battery to become completely
discharged.
 A fully charged battery will power the monitor for up to 8 hours in a heavy-
use scenario and up to 11 hours in a light-use scenario “Monitor battery
specifications” on page A-18 for details).
 To ensure full charge cycles, replace only with the specified battery.
When the monitor is operating on battery power and no battery alarm is active,

a green battery icon indicates the charge level as a percentage.
WARNING
If the monitor is to be stored for longer than one month, first
charge the battery and then remove it and store it separately
from the monitor.

Installation: Monitor on/off
Monitor on/off
Turning the monitor on
NOTE
For safety reasons, the monitor is designed so that it can be powered
without a battery while its power supply is connected to mains. However,
clinical mode is not possible without a functional internal Lithium-ion
battery specified for CARESCAPE VC150.
WARNING
Inspect the device for damage before use.
1. Push the power On/Off button on the left side of the monitor to turn it on.
During power-up, the monitor displays the software version on a white
power-up screen and grayish blue borders. The monitor will also flash the
alarm light at the top. After the monitor has completed the start-up
sequence, there will be two short tones and the opening screen changes to
the home screen.
NOTES
If the monitor fails to sound the start-up tones, do not use the monitor. This
indicates problems with the audible alarm circuit. Potential system alarms
cannot be heard. Refer to Audio not available in “Host messages” on
page 6-13.
If the power-up screen does not change to the home screen within 2
minutes, refer to “Monitor does not turn on” on page 6-32.
The monitor does not start up if the battery charge level is too low.
2. If you notice that selections do not accurately track the position of your
finger, it is possible to re-calibrate the touch screen on this device during
power-up. Refer to “Touch screen recalibration” on page 3-7.

Touch screen recalibration

1. Push On/Off button to turn the monitor off.
2. Push On/Off button to turn the monitor on again.
NOTE
While starting up, the monitor will display the current software version.
3. You can recalibrate the touch screen during first 10 minutes after you have
turned the monitor ON. Press power button 4 times within 5 seconds. The
screen will turn black and then return to clinical view with countdown timer.
Calibration is started automatically if the user does not cancel it while the
countdown is progressing. When the recalibration is complete, the monitor
will restart.
4. You can start the recalibration procedure when a blinking rectangle appears
in the top left corner (A).
A D NOTE
If necessary, press the On/Off button to exit the recalibration procedure.
5. Press the rectangle to select it. Hold your finger down for a moment. If the
B C software registered the selection, the rectangle moves to the next location.
6. Select the rectangle at each location (B, C, D and E).
NOTE
Do not slide your finger on the screen. Selections are made by pressing the
screen with your fingertip and then lifting the finger away from the screen.
7. Press the Confirm button on the screen to confirm the recalibration. If

confirmation is not done correctly within 30 seconds, the calibration process
will start again at step 4. When the recalibration is complete, the home
screen will appear and you can continue using the monitor.

Verification of the touch screen recalibration

1. Press with your finger tip anywhere on the screen at step 8 in “Touch screen
recalibration” on page 3-7 to verify the recalibration. A green dot will be
displayed where the screen detected your finger tip. Recalibrate if
necessary.
2. If you are not able to perform the recalibration correctly, try again to
recalibrate. Contact service if even the new recalibration does not solve the
issue.
Turning the monitor off

If determinations are complete and the monitor will
not be used for a longer period of time, push the
On/Off button until the monitor starts to shut down
(approximately 3 seconds). The same can be done
also if some technical issue is impeding the use of
the monitor. This will invoke a shutdown note on
screen, terminate any measurements that may be
in progress, automatically deflate the cuff and
discharge the patient.
If the monitor does not start to shut down even

after a 3-second press, you can press the On/Off
button for 10 seconds to initiate a forced shut-down.
Resetting the monitor

If the monitor has to be reset, follow steps below:
1. Insert an Allen key into the 3 mm hole under the USB door, right above the
power cord plug.
Reset switch
2. Search and push the switch until the monitor shuts down.

Changes in settings due to standby/shutdown/reset
When the monitor is put into standby
Monitor Setup items that

Items that remain the same
revert to defaults
Audible & Visual settings NIBP settings
Monitor Setup > SpO2 selections SpO2 and Temperature

 Show parameters measurement sites
 Show graph
When the monitor is shut down

revert to defaults
Audible & Visual settings NIBP, SpO2 and Temperature

settings
When reset button is pressed

revert to defaults
Audible & Visual settings NIBP, SpO2 and Temperature

settings
NOTE
The following actions will take place in each of the three cases mentioned
above:
 Patient is discharged (does not apply when the monitor is reset)

 Caregiver is logged off
 All measurement values are cleared from home screen
 Alarm limits and measurement settings revert to defaults
NOTES
When the Reset switch is pressed, the monitor shuts down in an
uncontrollable manner. Alarm light and power LEDs might remain lit. After
pressing the Reset, press the Power button to start up the monitor.
If the standby lasts less than 5 seconds, the patient is discharged, but the
caregiver remains logged on. If the standby lasts more than 5 seconds, also
the caregiver is discharged.

Installation: Connections
Connections
The monitor provides connections for NIBP, SpO2, Welch Allyn (WA) temperature,
a Medical USB port (not currently available), a USB-B port for connection to PC,
three regular USB connections and power. The USB-B port signals are isolated.
The Exergen is connected to USB-A port.
NIBP SpO2
Welch Medical USB

Allyn (not currently
Temp available)
USB-A USB-B
USB

Installation: Configuring the monitor
Power cord
Remote alarm
connection (nurse call)
Remote alarm
CAUTION
Auxiliary equipment connected to the CARESCAPE VC150 Vital
Signs Monitor will result in the formation of an electromedical
system and thus, must comply with the requirements of IEC
60601-1 and be configured to comply with IEC 60601-1 only.
If external alarm control is required, the remote alarm cable should always be
used. The primary method of asserting alarms is always locally by the monitor
itself. The remote alarm should only be considered a supplemental method of
asserting alarms.
When a high or medium priority alarm condition is displayed on the monitor, the
remote alarm signal becomes active immediately.
Strain relief
Ask the customer whether strain relief is needed for USB-A. If yes, then wrap a
cable tie on the cable, pull it tightly on the cable and cut off the remaining part of
the cable tie. When the hatch is secured with the thumb screw, the hatch will
then lock the cable tie.
Configuring the monitor

Refer to “Monitor configuration” on page 4-1 for configuration of the monitor.

Installation: Configuring the monitor

4 Monitor
configuration

Monitor configuration: Monitor configuration checklist
Monitor configuration checklist

Enter Service Mode. Refer to “Entering service mode” on page 4-4.
Activate licenses (if licensed features are to be used). Refer to “Enable
licenses” on page 4-5.
Import the settings (if a file with settings is available). Refer to “Importing
settings” on page 9-14.
Import EWS settings (if EWS license is active). Refer to “Importing EWS
settings with USB” on page 10-6.
Configure Care Area (during first installation only). Refer to “Monitor
information” on page 4-10.
Configure Hospital Policy for Patient Name. Refer to “Monitor
information” on page 4-10.
Configure Day/Night mode. Refer to “Day/Night mode threshold
adjustment” on page 4-12.
Configure Measurement settings if necessary. Refer to “Measurement
settings” on page 4-14.
Set correct battery type. Refer to Battery type in “Calibration” on
page 4-17.
Set PM interval and notification. Refer to “Preventive maintenance (PM)”
on page 4-16.
Configure Regional settings. Refer to “Regional Settings” on page 4-22.
Change passwords for Default setup and Service mode. Refer to
“Passwords” on page 4-19.
Configure snapshot output items if necessary. Refer to “Record Settings”
on page 4-60.
If a barcode reader is used, configure the Barcode shortcut. Refer to
“Barcode” on page 4-21.
Reboot the monitor.
Proceed to “Monitor configuration verification checklist” on page 4-2.
Monitor configuration verification checklist

Verify date and time on upper right corner of the screen.
Verify licenses. Refer to “Verify licenses” on page 4-8.
Perform Nurse call test if remote alarm system is in use. Refer to
“Calibration” on page 4-17.
Execute parameter level functional tests. Refer to “Parameter-level
functional testing” on page 5-2.
Select PM done. Refer to “Preventive maintenance (PM)” on page 4-16.
Make a backup of the setting. Refer to “Exporting settings” on page 9-
14.
Proceed to “Connectivity configuration checklist” on page 4-3.

Monitor configuration: Connectivity configuration checklist
Connectivity configuration checklist

Configure the applicable sections of the following list.
Obtain required connectivity information from the hospital IT. Refer to

subsection tables in “Connectivity” on page 4-25.
Activate WLAN license first. Refer to “Enable licenses” on page 4-5.
If SSID configuration options do not cover hospital WLAN configuration
needs, then WPA custom configuration profile is needed. Refer to “WPA
Custom configurations” on page 4-26 for instructions.
If hospital network requires certificates, import Certificates. Refer to
“Certificates” on page 4-30.
If hospital network requires private keys, import Private Keys. Refer to
“Private keys” on page 4-31.
Configure SSID. Refer to “Setting up SSID profile” on page 4-32.
Connect to SSID. Refer to “Connecting to SSID profile” on page 4-35.
Configure PDQ Query Configuration. Refer to “PDQ Query
Configuration” on page 4-38.
Configure EMR outbound configuration. Refer to “EMR Outbound
Configuration” on page 4-42.
Configure Caregiver settings. Refer to “Caregiver settings” on page 4-
44.
Configure Hospital EMR encoding. Refer to “Hospital EMR encoding” on
page 4-46.
If you want to enable remote service, configure Web Server. Refer to
“Web server” on page 4-53.
Configure Device certificate if Web Server is used with secure
connection, Refer to “Device certificate” on page 4-53.
Proceed to “Connectivity verification checklist” on page 4-3.
Connectivity verification checklist

Verify successful performance for applicable sections of the following list.
NOTES
Do not use real patient information when debugging/testing connectivity
settings!
VC150 uses IHE PCD-01 profile (HL7 version 2.6) and IHE PDQ profile (HL7
version 2.5). To use other HL7 versions, CSG is required to make mapping
into target system version.
WLAN icon displayed on upper left part of the screen.

Ping the router. Refer to “Ping the host” on page 4-37.
Verify that a caregiver can be logged in and validated by HIS. Refer to
“Adding a caregiver” on page 4-62.
Check that a patient can be searched in HIS. Admit a new patient. Refer
to “Selecting or adding a patient” on page 4-62.
Take a NIBP measurement (automatically produces a snapshot), or
perform SpO2 measurement and select Snapshot at the bottom of the
screen.

Monitor configuration: Entering service mode
Send the snapshot to EMR. Refer to VC150 Operator Manual KO00065,

section “Snapshot output”.
Verify from the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode >
Maintenance > EMR Transaction Log that the snapshot was sent
successfully.
NOTE
Look for the following log entries:
 EMR: sendEmr [ID] to [IP-address]

 EMR: emr: completed [ID]
Make a backup of the setting. Refer to “Exporting settings” on page 9-
14.
Entering service mode

1. Select Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode. This is a
password-protected area.
2. Enter service mode password. Default password for service mode is

B1xm3D1cAL
3. Return to checklist if you are configuring the monitor with the checklist.

Monitor configuration: Service mode
Service mode
Various general, region-specific and advanced software items (System info,
Maintenance, Regional Settings, Connectivity, Print) can be configured in
Service Mode.
Using the home icon

If changes have been done in service mode and the home icon is selected, the
system will save changes, restart and then return to the clinical mode.
WARNING
Remember to press the home icon to save settings and exit the
Service Setup. Failure to do so allows change of settings by
unauthorized users.
Enable licenses
Licenses are purchased for an individual monitor with unique serial number. The
monitor uses the license info to enable a license-based feature or features. The
licenses are enabled by entering the license key manually or, alternatively, by
importing a license file to the monitor.
NOTE
Record the license codes or license files for possible later use. For example,
in the event of motherboard replacement, the licenses need to be
reinstalled.

System Info settings Description
CSG in-bound (CGIN) Enable license as instructed in

“Manual entry” on page 4-7 to enable
PQD patient demographics a feature.
(PDQD)
NOTES
PCD-01 outbound (PCD1)
CARESCAPE Gateway (CGIN),
LDAP (LDAP) Nellcor Respiration Rate (NRES)
and Hostcomm protocol (HCOM)
Cerner iBus (CERN) licenses are not currently
available.
SpHb (SPHB) (Masimo)
SuperSTAT NIBP determination
SpMet (SPME) (Masimo)
(STAT) license is not currently
SpCO (SPCO) (Masimo) available in Canada.
WUSA is available only in the USA

Licenses
RAM/RRa (RAMR) (Masimo)

and Canada. WGLO is available
Respiration (NRES) (Nellcor) only outside USA/Canada.
Saturation pattern detection EWS license requires also an EWS
(NSPD) (Nellcor) settings file. Refer to “Importing
EWS settings with USB” on
Hostcomm protocol (HCOM)
page 10-6.
Monitoring (MONT)
SuperSTAT NIBP
determination (STAT)
USA region WLAN option

(WUSA)
Global WLAN option (WGLO)
Early Warning Score (XEWS)

Manual entry
1. Select a text field in Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode >
System Info > Licenses.
2. Enter the license key. The feature will be enabled.
3. Select Confirm to confirm the license key and to close the keyboard screen.

4. Select a checkbox to activate a license.
5. Enter other license keys for other features that are to be activated.
6. Select the home icon to exit the service mode and restart the monitor. If
there are other configuration items to work on, you can complete those
before exiting the service mode.
Verify licenses
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Service mode > System Info.
2. Scroll down to Licenses and verify that licensed features have been enabled
(marked with OK).

Text Test color Description
INVALID text Gray License key is being processed
INVALID text Red License not entered or license invalid
OK text Green License key accepted
Disabling a license
If a feature must be disabled, unselect the feature’s checkbox in the Monitor
Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > System Info > Licenses. The OK text
will change to red INVALID text to indicate that the feature is disabled.
System Info
Some hospital-specific items can be set in Monitor Information subsection of
the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > System Info.
Current information such as Oximetry Information, NIBP Information,

Thermometry Information, Hostcomm Information or Licenses can be
checked in subsections of the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode
> System Info.
These settings affect all applicable monitor screens. Purchased licenses and the
technologies used affect the availability of screen items.
Description
System info provides few configuration items and information on various parts
of the monitor.

Monitor information
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > System Info.
2. Scroll down to Monitor Information and configure items like Care Area,
Hospital Policy for Patient Name and Hostcomm Unit Address, if required.
Serial number Serial number of the unit.
MAC Address MAC address. MAC address is

displayed only when WLAN license is
active.
Hardware version Version of the motherboard.
MSP Sw version Software version of the

supplementary controller of the
motherboard.
Monitor Information
Care Area Identification of the hospital care unit

where the monitor is used. This text
will appear on the start-up screen.
Hospital Policy for Patient Format for the displayed patient/

Name caregiver name on the main screen.
This setting does not affect patient/
Hospital Policy for Caregiver caregiver screens. For example, Last
Name F means that the last name and a first
letter of the first name are displayed.
Hostcomm Unit Address Address for Hostcomm unit.
Software version Software version in use.
Platform version CARESCAPE VC150 operating system

version
Oximetry Information Detailed version information about

the SpO2 OEM technology.

NIBP Information Detailed version information about

the GE NIBP technology.
Thermometry Information Detailed version information about

the thermometer OEM technology.
Hostcomm Information Protocol version in use.
3. Return to “Monitor configuration checklist” on page 4-2 to continue the

configuration or select the home icon to exit the Service Mode.
Maintenance
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Maintenance to
configure various advanced software settings.
2. Scroll down to applicable subsection(s) and configure required items.
3. When you have completed all configuration items in Maintenance, return to
“Monitor configuration checklist” on page 4-2 to continue the configuration
or select the home icon to exit the Service Mode.
Software update
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Maintenance.
2. Scroll down to Software Update and start the software update.
Maintenance action icons Description
Software Update Refer to “Software upgrade” on

page 10-2.

configuration.
Local history
2. Scroll down to Local History and remove the local history.
Local History “Clearing local history” on page 4-61.

configuration.

Day/Night mode threshold adjustment

The Service user can configure the levels at which the VC150 will switch between
day and night modes at care facility.
2. Scroll down to Day/Night mode and configure items like Day Mode Low
Limit and Night Mode Upper Limit.
Day Mode Low Limit When in the day mode, the VC150 will
switch to the night mode if the sensor
reading drops below Day Mode Low
Day/Night mode
Limit.
Current Light Level Current sensor reading for the light

level.
Night Mode Upper Limit When in the night mode, the VC150
will switch to the day mode if the
sensor reading exceeds Night Mode
Upper Limit.

configuration.

Workflow
The service user can enable or disable login requirements, prevent snapshots for
unidentified patient and allow editing of snapshots.
2. Scroll down to Workflow and configure items like Day Mode Low Limit and
Night Mode Upper Limit.
Forced caregiver login on When Enabled, the monitor requires

wake up caregiver login after recovering from
standby or monitor has been turned
off. Caregiver login pop-up appears
automatically. In emergency
situation, the user can proceed
without entering data.
Forced patient admittance on When Enabled, the monitor requires

wake up patient admittance recovering from
standby or monitor has been turned
off. Admit Patient pop-up appears
automatically.
This force rule can be used separately

or together with Forced caregiver
login on wake up. In the latter case,
the Admit Patient pop-up appears
right after caregiver login popup.
Workflow
Prevent anonymous When Enabled, the monitor does not

snapshots allow snapshots without patient
admittance.
Admit Patient screen appears after a

measurement, if the patient has not
been admitted. If the user will enter
an ID or confirms with empty ID,
measurements are saved to a
snapshot.
If the user cancels the admittance,
measurements are not saved.
Manual Editing of When Enabled, snapshots can be

Measurement edited afterwards.
NOTE
Before enabling this setting,
check whether hospital policy
allows editing measured values.

configuration.

Measurement settings
2. Scroll down to Measurement settings and configure all applicable
measurement related items.
NOTE
If the unit of measurement is changed and the old patient history contains
measurement data with other unit of measurement, new measurement
data will not be stored in local history. Delete local history. Refer to “Clearing
local history” on page 4-61.
Maintenance action
Description
icons
SpHb Unit (Masimo) Selection of unit of measurement as g/dl or

mmol/l, according to regional unit of measure.
SpHb Precision Extent of rounding the measurement value.

(Masimo)
Programming When Masimo accessories are attached, the

Allowed (Masimo) Masimo board asks the motherboard whether it
accepts Masimo engineering to program the
Masimo board.
Temperature Unit Unit of measurement for temperature. If the

(Welch Allyn) unit must be changed, follow instructions in
“Unit of measurement for Welch Allyn” on
Measurement settings
page 4-15.
NIBP Algorithm Selection of the NIBP algorithm.
NIBP Measurement Blood pressure unit of measurement.

Unit If the unit must be changed, follow instructions
in “Changing unit of measurement for NIBP or
Temp” on page 4-15.
Temp Parameter Selection of Disabled hides temperature

settings on the home screen, the monitor setup
and in the default setup. With selection of
Enabled, these are displayed.
Dual Temperature When Enabled, both temperature units (C/F).

are displayed on screen.
SpO2 Parameter Selection of Disabled hides oximetry related

parameters, attributes, alarms, tabs and
settings. With selection of Enabled, these are
displayed.

configuration.

Unit of measurement for Welch Allyn

1. Clear the local history as instructed in “Clearing local history” on page 4-61.
2. Select Measurement settings in the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login
Service Mode > Maintenance screen to select a required unit of
measurement or both units of measurement for Welch Allyn temperature.
3. Select Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Maintenance.
4. Select the home icon to exit the Service Mode.
5. Perform a temperature check.
6. Verify that the correct unit of measurement is displayed on the right end of
the Patient menu.
configuration.
Unit of measurement for Exergen TAT

The Exergen scanner comes preset with the requested unit of temperature
measurement (degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit) and measurement calibration (oral
or arterial). If the hospital or care-unit wants to use another calibration or unit of
measurement, the Exergen scanner must be replaced with an Exergen scanner
listed in the Supplies and Accessories catalog (KO00125).
Changing unit of measurement for NIBP or Temp

If the NIBP measurement unit (mmHg/kPa) or temperature unit (C/F) has to be
changed, perform the following:
1. Clear the local history as instructed in “Clearing local history” on page 4-61.
2. Change the unit of measurement in the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login
Service Mode/Maintenance/Measurement settings.
3. Select the home icon to exit the Service Mode.
4. Check that correct unit of measurement is displayed on the right end of the
Patient menu.
configuration.

Preventive maintenance (PM)

2. Scroll down to Preventive Maintenance and configure preventive
maintenance related items.
Enable PM Enable or Disable the preventive

maintenance. If disabled, all selected
PM fields are set as read only except
the Enable/Disable drop down list.
Preventive maintenance (PM)
Date of the Last PM Date of the last preventive
maintenance work.
PM Interval (1-365 days) Selection of time until next preventive

maintenance work.
Advance Notification Before Selection of how many days in

(days) advance the monitor will alert for
upcoming preventive maintenance
date.
Maintenance Selection of PM Done resets the

counter for the next preventive
maintenance work.

configuration.

Calibration
2. Scroll down to Calibration and select calibration related items like NIBP
Calibration, Nurse Call Test, Reset battery gauge or Battery Type..
NIBP Calibration Once calibration tools are connected

to the monitor, you can select Start to
calibrate NIBP. Refer to “NIBP tests
and calibration” on page 5-5 for
instructions.
Nurse Call test Select Test and check with the

hospital personnel that the remote
alarm was received.
Reset battery gauge Select Reset to reset the battery

capacity.
Battery type Selection of the battery voltage (11.1V

or 10.8V). Check the voltage on the
small table in “First charge of the
battery” on page 3-3.
NOTE
It is important to select correct
battery voltage. If a wrong
voltage is selected, this affects
Calibration
the battery performance.
Battery charge Battery charge level.
Battery voltage Battery voltage.
Battery current Battery current. While charging, the

charge current is displayed. While
operating on battery, the battery
current consumption is displayed.
When Charger Connected, Selection of shutdown time. Select

Shutdown from Standby After standby time after which the monitor
will shut down. This will apply when
an external charger is connected.
Selections: 30 minutes, 12 hours,
none. Default value is 12 hours.
NOTE
If Auto_Shutdown is set to None, the monitor will remain in
continuous standby. After one week of standby, the monitor will
reboot itself after 15 minutes of standby and return to standby after
the reboot is complete. If the user tries to activate the monitor
during this time, it might be in middle of restart sequence and not
exit the standby mode correct.


configuration.
Logging
2. Scroll down to Logging and configure logging related items like NIBP DCS
Data or NIBP Collection Mode.
Error Log A log of past errors can be viewed

here.
Print Last 50 Errors The last 50 error conditions can be

printed here.
NIBP DCS Data When enabled, the monitor will

collect DCS data on NIBP procedures.
Logging
NIBP Collection Mode Means of data collection. Refer to

“DCS data” on page 4-18 for details.
Delete NIBP DCS data Select Delete to delete all NIBP DCS
data.
Productivity metrics Productivity metrics contain items

such as when a measurement was
started and if alarms were triggered.
DCS data
When DCS Mode is On, there are different ways to access the DCS data: Store,
Passthrough and Cache. If DCS Mode is selected as Off, nothing happens.
Store
Store is the most common option where DCS begins upon NIBP measurement
and will collect data for 400 seconds or until the user switches off the DCS Mode.
The data will be packed into a single file named as title_date_time.dcs.file format
i.e. gehc_nibp_17OCT2013_120842.dcs.gz. The file is exported along with other
log files as instructed in “Exporting error logs” on page 6-3. DCS shall continue to
operate until the collection time expires. A new session is started next time the
user initiates a NIBP measurement.
Passthrough
When Passthrough is selected and a PC is connected to the monitor USB-A port
with a VC150 DCS cable (pn 2081723-001), an external collection software
controls the DCS. Nothing is saved on the monitor. If the USB line breaks up, the
data will be lost.
Cache
Cache is similar to Passthrough, but Cache also stores collected data on the
monitor. If USB connection to the external control breaks up, the monitor
software falls to Store and collects the data to the end of the collection time. The

file is exported along with other log files as instructed in “Exporting error logs” on
page 6-3.
NOTES
When DCS is operating in Cache or Store mode ensure that USB export is
not active. If it is active, the monitor cannot write DCS files.
When using Passthrough or Cache mode, the USB cable must not be
attached before the monitor is started.

configuration.
EMR log
2. Scroll down to EMR log and configure items like EMR Transaction Log Filter,
EMR Transaction Log Start Time, EMR Transaction End Time or EMR
Transaction Log.
EMR Transaction Log Filter The EMR transaction log is used to

store connectivity-related messages.
EMR Transaction Log Start
EMR Log
Time
EMR Transaction Log End

Time
EMR Transaction Log

configuration.
Passwords
2. Scroll down to Passwords and change Default Setup password and Service
Mode password.
WARNING
Do not set the Default Setup password too easy to guess or
empty if there is a risk that unauthorized users could change
clinically important settings such as alarm limits, alarm delays,
or target inflation pressures.

Default Setup password Factory default for password is:

cL1n1C1an5
Select the input field to enter a new

password. Enter the password again
in the next input field.
Passwords
Service Mode password Factory default for password is:
B1xm3D1cAL
Select the input field to enter a new

password. A valid password must
contain one number, a capitalized
alphabet and consist of at least six
characters. Enter the password again
in the next input field.

configuration.
Settings and Logs

2. Scroll down to USB Import and Export and select items like Export Settings
with USB, Import Settings with USB or Export logs with USB, if necessary.
Export All Settings with USB Settings can be exported to a PC or

imported from a PC using a USB
Import All Settings with USB cable. Logs can be exported to a PC
Settings and Logs
(.vc150.enc) using a USB cable. The monitor shows

Export EWS Settings with USB up as a USB mass storage device on a
PC.
Import EWS Settings with USB
(.vc150.ews.enc)
Delete EWS Settings with USB
Export logs with USB

configuration.

Barcode
2. Scroll down to Barcode and configure Barcode shortcut, if necessary.
Barcode shortcut If Input to Patient/Caregiver ID is

enabled and no active field is
selected, the monitor automatically
selects New Patient/Caregiver from
the Patient & Records menu, reads
the barcode, and places that to the
Identification text field.
Barcode Patient Prefix When a prefix is provided here, the

monitor searches for such a prefix in
the barcode. If a match is found, the
monitor uses the barcode as a patient
ID.
Barcode Patient Postfix When a postfix is provided here, the

monitor searches for such a postfix in
Barcode
monitor uses the barcode as a patient

ID.
Remove Patient Prefix & If enabled, the prefix and postfix are
Postfix stripped away from the read barcode
before it is populated to the
If disabled, the whole barcode

including prefix and postfix is
populated to the Identification text
field.
Barcode Caregiver Prefix When a prefix is provided here, the

monitor searches for such a prefix in
monitor uses the barcode as a
caregiver ID.

Barcode Caregiver Postfix When a postfix is provided here, the

monitor searches for such a postfix in
monitor uses the barcode as a
caregiver ID.
Remove Patient Prefix & If enabled, the prefix and postfix are
Barcode
Postfix stripped away from the read barcode
before it is populated to the
If disabled, the whole barcode

including prefix and postfix is
populated to the Identification text
field.

configuration.
Regional Settings
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Regional Settings
to configure region-specific settings.
2. Scroll down to required subsection and configure items like Date Format,
Time Format, NTP Server Address, Time Zone, Area, Time Zone, Location,
Powerline Frequency (Masimo Only), Language and Keyboard.
NOTE
If monitor time zone is configured correctly, the system will automatically
perform daylight saving time adjustments. NTP connection is not required
for the DST changes as the SW handles this locally according the DST rules
for the given time zone.

Regional settings Description
System Time and Date Select the text field to enter a

keyboard screen and change the
date and/or time.
Date Format The date display format can be

changed here.
Time Format Select whether time will be displayed

in 12- or 24-hour format.
Time and Date Settings NTP Server Address The monitor will set the time from
hospital NTP when server address
has been entered. NTP update
interval is 1024 s.
Time Zone Setup Time zone can be set up based on

location, or it can be set manually
using TZ-variable.
Select either Location or Manual. For

setting up the time zone manually,
refer to “Time Zone TZ -variable” on
page 4-24.
Time Zone, Area Geographical area where the monitor

is located (e.g. Europe).
Time Zone, Location Nearest main city in the monitor

location (e.g. Helsinki).
Powerline Frequency (Masimo Selection of the local electrical

only) frequency. Use of the 50 Hz filter or
Powerline Settings
the 60 Hz filter enables cancellation

of noise introduced by fluorescent
lights and other sources that may
affect signal quality. This is very
important for the correct operation of
SpO2 sensors. The default value is 60
Hz.
Language Selection of the user interface

language.
Language Settings
Keyboard Selection of the keyboard layout.
Repeat delay (ms) Selection of time after which the held

down key starts to repeat the
character.
Repeat rate (char/s) Selection of number of key strokes

per second after which the
characters are repeated.

Time Zone TZ -variable

When Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Regional Settings >
Time and Date Settings > Time Zone Setup is set as Manual, the Time Zone TZ
variable appears and can be used to configure the monitor to display time of the
time zone where it is located. The variable content is decoded as described:
Actual variable content CET-1CEST,M3.5.0/2,M10.5.0/3 is decoded as:
Central European Time, 1 hour east from Greenwich, Central European Summer
Time, daylight saving starts on the last Sunday in March at 2 AM and ends on the
last Sunday in October at 3 AM.
What it means in this

Variable item What it means
example
CET Time zone in normal time Central European Time
-1 Difference between the local One hour eastward from

time Greenwich Mean Time, GMT
GMT (or the Coordinated
Universal Time, UTC). If the local time is one hour
ahead (GMT+1), you need to
enter -1.
CEST Abbreviation of the time zone Central European Summer

when daylight saving is Time
active
M3.5.0/2 Starting point for daylight Daylight saving starts on

saving period the last Sunday in March at
2 AM
M3 = month
5.0 = fifth occurrence of a day
0
2 = time the changeover
occurs
M10.5.0/3 End point of daylight saving Daylight saving ends on the

period last Sunday in October at 3
M10 = month AM.
5.0 = fifth occurrence of a day
0
3 = time the changeover
occurs
NOTE
The day must be between 0 and 6. Day 0 is Sunday.
For more information and recent changes to the libc TZ-variable, refer to the
TZ-Variable documentation found in:
http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_node/TZ-Variable.html


Connectivity
Various connectivity-specific settings can be set in subsections of the Monitor
Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Connectivity screen.
WARNING
Wireless devices cannot be fully protected against malicious
attacks from an intruder who has penetrated the hospital
wireless/network infrastructure. Consider carefully the benefits
vs. risks of using the wireless function.
Wireless connection without encryption or using WEP

encryption is unsecure. Unauthorized personnel can view
communication over an unsecure wireless link.
If Delete Sent Records option in Monitor Setup > Advanced >

Login Service Mode > Connectivity/EMR Outbound
Configuration is not selected, measurements stay in the
device even after sending, until 24 hours from measurement
have passed. Unauthorized personnel can view patient records
stored in the device. Hospital policies and practices must
prevent unauthorized access to the monitor.
NOTE
Obtain required connectivity information from the hospital IT. Refer to
subsection tables.
For some sections you need to make selections in drop-down menus.
Connectivity Licenses
If connectivity licenses were purchased, GE service will provide license files for
import via USB. Following connectivity licenses are available.
Licenses
CERNER
CSG PDQ PCD-01 VITALSLINK LDAP
(iBUS protocol)
PDQ YES YES NO YES NO
EMR NO NO YES YES NO
Caregiver NO NO NO YES YES

Connectivity diagram
The diagram below provides an overview on VC150 connectivity. Configurable
items are covered in subsequent sections.
NTP
Date & time
Patient query
ADT Patient demographics
Caregiver &
patient Patient and
Caregiver query HL7 message
identification measurement data EMR
LDAP Caregiver validation
EMR encoding
Measurement data
NIBP
SQL database SpO2
Temp
VC150 monitor
WPA Custom configurations

1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. Scroll down to WPA Custom Configurations subsection and select it. If you
need to create a WPA Custom Configuration. Refer to “Creating WPA custom
configurations” on page 4-27.
3. Select USB Import WPA Supplicant Configuration for WPA Custom.
4. Connect USB-B cable between computer and VC150, when instructed. Wait
until computer recognizes VC150 as a mass storage device.
5. Copy WPA custom configuration file to VC150.
6. Disconnect from Service PC. Refer to “Disconnecting from the service PC” on
page 9-7.
7. Restart the monitor. Refer to “Monitor on/off” on page 3-6.
Related UI section
Connectivity Description Action
wpa_supplicant configuration import Import configurations through USB.

WPA Custom Configurations
for WPA Custom.
8. Return to “Connectivity configuration checklist” on page 4-3 to continue the


Creating WPA custom configurations

VC150 uses wpa_supplicant to handle WLAN authentication, and site specific
configuration can be used if an ordinary setup is not enough.
Required tools
 A PC with Notepad or similar

Procedure
1. Check wpa_supplicant documentation.

2. Check with hospital IT-department on what they suggest as content and
format for the wpa_supplicant.conf -file.
3. Using examples below as a starting point and e.g. Notepad, create a file
named wpa_supplicant.conf to properly match needed WLAN
configuration. Only requirement is to set ctrl_interface properly.
4. Save the WPA Custom Configuration file on the PC.
5. Return to “WPA Custom configurations” on page 4-26.
Common block parameters
Configurable item Explanation
ctrl_interface=DIR=/var/run/wpa_supplicant Parameters for the control interface. This must be

defined.
eapol_version=1 IEEE 802.1X/EAPOL version
ap_scan=1 AP scanning/selection
fast_reauth=1 EAP fast re-authentication
country=US Country code
Each network (usually AP's sharing the same SSID) is configured as a separate
block in configuration file. The network blocks are in preferred order.
Example:
network={
ssid="simple"
psk="very secret passphrase"

Network block parameters
disabled=0 This network can be used.
ssid SSID (mandatory); either as an ASCII string with double

quotation or as a hex string; network name.
scan_ssid Scan with SSID-specific Probe Request frames.
bssid BSSID (optional); if set, this network block is used only

when associating with the AP using the configured
BSSID.
priority Priority group (integer).
mode=0 IEEE 802.11 operation mode.
frequency Channel frequency in megahertz (MHz) for IBSS.
proto List of accepted protocols.
key_mgmt List of accepted authenticated key management

protocols.
auth_alg List of allowed IEEE 802.11 authentication algorithms.
pairwise List of accepted pairwise (unicast) ciphers for WPA.
group List of accepted group (broadcast/multicast) ciphers for

WPA.
psk WPA preshared key; 256-bit pre-shared key.
eapol_flags IEEE 802.1X/EAPOL options (bit field).
mixed_cell This option can be used to configure whether so called

mixed cells (i.e., networks that use both plain text and
encryption in the same SSID) are allowed when
selecting a BSS form scan results.
proactive_key_caching Enable/disable opportunistic PMKSA caching for WPA2.
peerkey Whether PeerKey negotiation for direct links (IEEE

802.11e DLS) is allowed. This is only used with RSN/
WPA2.
wpa_ptk_rekey Maximum lifetime for PTK in seconds.
eap Space-separated list of accepted EAP methods.
identity Identity string for EAP
anonymous_identity Anonymous identity string for EAP (to be used as the

unencrypted identity with EAP types that support
different tunneled identity, e.g., EAP-TTLS)

password Password string for EAP. This field can include either the
plaintext password (using ASCII or hex string) or a
NtPasswordHash (16-byte MD4 hash of password) in
hash:<32 hex digits> format.
ca_cert File path to CA certificate file (PEM/DER). This file can

have one or more trusted CA certificates. These are
located in /opt/VSM/Storage/Certificates/
ca_path= /opt/VSM/Storage/Certificates/ Directory path for CA certificate files (PEM). This path
may contain multiple CA certificates in OpenSSL format.
client_cert File path to client certificate file (PEM/DER)
private_key File path to client private key file (PEM/DER/PFX) /opt/

VSM/Storage/PrivateKeys/
private_key_passwd Password for private key file
dh_file File path to DH/DSA parameters file (in PEM format)
subject_match Substring to be matched against the subject of the

authentication server certificate.
altsubject_match Semicolon separated string of entries to be matched

against the alternative subject name of the
phase1 Phase1 (outer authentication, i.e., TLS tunnel)

parameters
(string with field-value pairs, e.g., "peapver=0" or
"peapver=1 peaplabel=1")
phase2 Phase2 (inner authentication with TLS tunnel)

parameters (string with field-value pairs, e.g.,
"auth=MSCHAPV2" for EAP-PEAP or
"autheap=MSCHAPV2 autheap=MD5" for EAP-TTLS)
ca_cert2 File path to CA certificate file. This file can have one or
more trusted CA certificates.
ca_path2 Directory path for CA certificate files (PEM).
client_cert2 File path to client certificate file.
private_key2 File path to client private key file.
private_key2_passwd Password for private key file.
dh_file2 File path to DH/DSA parameters file (in PEM format).
subject_match2 Substring to be matched against the subject of the

altsubject_match2 Substring to be matched against the alternative subject

name of the authentication server certificate.
fragment_size Maximum EAP fragment size in bytes (default 1398).

EAP-FAST variables
pac_file File path for the PAC entries. wpa_supplicant will need
to be able to create this file and write updates to it
when PAC is being provisioned or refreshed. These are
located in /opt/VSM/Storage/Certificates/.
phase1 fast_provisioning option can be used to enable in-line

provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials (PAC).
Example configuration file:
ctrl_interface=DIR=/var/run/wpa_supplicant
# EAP-PEAP/MSCHAPv2 configuration for RADIUS servers

that use
# the new peaplabel
network={
ssid="example"
key_mgmt=WPA-EAP
eap=PEAP
identity="user@example.com"
password="foobar"
ca_cert="/opt/VSM/Storage/Certificates/ca.pem"
phase1="peaplabel=1"
phase2="auth=MSCHAPV2"
priority=10
Certificates
2. Scroll down to Certificates subsection and select it.
3. Select USB Import Certificates.
5. Import PEM or DER formatted certificates to VC150.
page 9-7.


Related UI section
Certificates/USB Import Certificate import. Import PEM or DER formatted

Certificates certificates through USB.
NOTE
Trusted CA root certificates are
imported from here.

Private keys
2. Scroll down to Private Keys subsection and select it.
3. Select USB Import Private Keys.
5. Import PEM or DER formatted private key file(s) to VC150.
page 9-7.
Related UI section
Private Keys/USB Import Private Private key import. Import PEM or DER formatted private
Keys keys through USB.


Setting up SSID profile

NOTE
List of configurable items varies depending on the selected WLAN
encryption. Refer to SSID configuration items for the encryption specific
items.
SSID input is limited to 0-32 octets. If SSID name cannot be input using
monitor keyboard (SSID containing non UTF8 encoded characters), wpa
custom profile must be used.
Fragmentation and RTS thresholds shall be higher than 506.
1. Enter SSID Profile 1/2/3/4 subsection of the Monitor Setup > Advanced tab
> Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. Enter SSID.
3. Select proper Encryption and insert Passphrase.
4. Select proper Frequency Band.
5. Enter RTS and Fragmentation Threshold.
6. Set WMM QoS, Enabled or Disabled.
7. Set DHCP, Enabled or Disabled.
8. Set any additional parameters if necessary.
NOTE
If you want to manually configure IP Address, Netmask, Gateway Address
and DNS Address, set DHCP to Disabled.

SSID configuration items
SSID Network name. Obtain input from hospital IT and

enter it here.
Encryption Selection for encryption method. Select None, WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA-
EAP or WPA Custom.
WEP Key (WEP) WEP encryption key. Obtain input from hospital IT and
enter it here or make a selection.
WEP Key Format (WEP) Selection of Hex or ASCII format for
WEP key.
WEP Index (WEP) Selection of WEP Index.
WEP Authentication (WEP) Selection of Open System or Shared

Key for WEP authentication.
WPA Passphrase (WPA-PSK) Password for WPA/WPA2, WPA-PSK is

selected.
SSID Profile 1, 2, 3, 4
WPA2 Authentication (WPA- Selection of WPA2 authentication

EAP)
WPA2 Anonymous Identity Selection of WPA2 identity.

(WPA-EAP)
WPA2 Username (WPA-EAP) WPA2 user name or identity.
WPA2 Password (WPA-EAP) WPA2 password.
WPA2 Inner Authentication Selection of WPA2 authentication.

(WPA-EAP)
WPA Supplicant Custom WPA supplicant custom configuration Select WPA supplicant custom
Configuration File (WPA file, if WPA Custom is selected. configuration file.
Custom)
WPA2 User Certificate (WPA- User certificate for WPA2, if WPA-EAP Select WPA2 user certificate.
EAP) is selected.
WPA2 CA Certificate (WPA- CA certificate for WPA2, if WPA-EAP is Select WPA2 CA certificate.
EAP) selected.
WPA2 Private Key (WPA-EAP) Private key for WPA2, if WPA-EAP is Select WPA2 private key.
selected.

WPA2 Private Key Password Password for WPA2 private key. Obtain input from hospital IT and
(WPA-EAP) enter it here or make a selection.
NOTE
For safety reasons the password
must have at least 8 characters.
If a hospital uses a shorter
password, a special method
must be used to enter the
password.
WPA2 PEAP Version (WPA- Selection of PEAP version.

EAP)
SSID Profile 1, 2, 3, 4
Frequency Band Selection of frequency band.
RTS Threshold Data packet size issued to RTS packet

by low RF protocol.
Fragmentation Threshold Data packet size for outgoing

packets.
WMM QoS Setup of quality bits for sent packets.

Enable/Disable.
DHCP Selection for automatic IP address.

Enable/Disable.
IP Address Manual configuration of an IP

address if DHCP is disabled.
Netmask
Gateway Address
DNS Address


Connecting to SSID profile

1. Enter Wifi subsection of the Monitor Setup > Advanced tab > Login Service
Mode > Connectivity.
2. Select the SSID profile.

3. Select Regulatory Domain (if visible)
4. Press Apply.
NOTES
If selection for regulatory domain cannot be seen, the selection is set at the
manufacturer or locked up with a license.
It is important to choose a proper Regulatory Domain! Some countries has

restrictions of which 2.4 GHz or 5.1 GHz channels can be used. By selecting
proper Regulatory Domain, VC150 will automatically disable channels that
are not allowed in the specified country.

Wifi configuration items
SSID Profile SSID profile used. Select an SSID profile.
Apply Activation icon. Activate/deactivate selected profile.
Regulatory Domain Selection of country-specific Select the country-specific range if

allowable ranges for WLAN use. this has not been set up.
Wifi
Displayed in Service Mode if the

country has not been set up by the NOTE
manufacturer. In some countries it might be
illegal to have an invalid setting
here, and some channels do not
work with wrong selection.

Wifi diagnostics
Wifi Diagnostics is a tool that helps service user to verify that wireless
connection is established properly. Wifi diagnostics can be accessed at Monitor
Setup > Advanced tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity > Wifi Diagnostics.
You can do the following with Wifi Diagnostics:
 check with the counters that packages are sent and received.
 check the status of the current network connection with ifconfig.
 use Wireless info to check the connection quality between the VC150
and the access point
 enable Extra logging by checking the check box underneath the
Wireless Info
NOTE
Extra logging information can be viewed only when the log is exported to
Service PC. It cannot be viewed from Maintenance > Error log!
The numerical value of the Transmit power (TX power) may be shown in
Wireless info even if Wifi is not connected.

Ping the host

1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity
> Wifi Diagnostics.
2. Set the host IP address into Host to ping field.
3. Select Ping
4. Return to “Connectivity verification checklist” on page 4-3 to continue the

Wifi diagnostic tools.
Reset Counters Resetting of network transfer counter Reset counters if necessary.

statistics.
Host to Ping Test packet ping to verify connection Obtain input from hospital IT and
perform tests or checks.
Ping Test to determine host connection
Ifconfig Network connection status check
Wireless Info Wireless network status check

Wifi Diagnostics
Extra Logging Selection for debugging the Wifi When Extra logging checkbox is
selected, the monitor will
immediately start logging all EMR
messages. When Apply is selected,
monitor will begin logging the WPA
supplicant output also. Logging will
end when monitor is restarted.
WARNING
When Extra logging is on, all EMR traffic will be logged. Do
not send/receive real patient information when Extra
logging is on, only dummy test patient information should
be used.

PDQ Query Configuration
Definition
PDQ = Patient Demographics Query = Sending queries and Retrieving patient
demographics from hospital server.
Procedure
1. Enter PDQ Query Configuration subsection of the Monitor Setup >
Advanced tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. Protocols available:
 PDQ, used with IHE PDQ compatible database servers.
 iBus, used with the Cerner server
 Picklist, when Carescape Gateway is used

3. Configure PDQ Query Configuration according to the table below. Obtain

required settings from the hospital IT department.
PDQ iBus Picklist

Protocol
M=Mandatory selection, O=Optional selection
Server address M M M
Outbound port
Inbound port O
Use SSL M M
User name O
Password
Query List Size M M M
Receiving Application O
Receiving Facility
Receiving Authority
Sending Application
Sending Facility
patCtx M
patIssuer
IdentCtx O
orgId
barcodeOrgId
base M
patientPath
barcodePath
Barcode settings from

server
Query Barcode Input M M
Require Authenticated
caregiver
Allow Manual Patient

Search

PDQ query configuration items
Protocol Selection of the protocol to use. This Select None, PDQ, iBus or Picklist.
affects the available configurable
items. If an item is available for a
certain protocol, it is listed, e.g., Use
SSL (PQD, iBus).
Server Address Input for server address. Obtain input from hospital IT and
enter it here.
Outbound Port Input for outbound port.
Inbound Port (PDQ) Input for inbound port, configured

only if a separate connection for
return messages is used (dual port
configuration).
NOTE
This is really insecure and should not be setup unless dual port
configuration is needed.
Use SSL (PDQ, iBus) Use of SSL. Select whether SSL is enabled or
disabled.
Username (iBus) Username used to establish a Obtain input from hospital IT and
connection. enter it here.
Password (iBus) Password for connection.
Query List Size Limit for retrieved query results. Set required limit.
Receiving Application (PDQ) Name of the application that receives Obtain HL7 standard input or
the packet data. contexts from hospital IT and enter it
here.
Receiving Facility (PDQ) Name of the facility that receives the
packet data.
Assigning Authority (PDQ) Name of the authority that assigns

the patient ID.
Sending Application (PDQ) Name of the application that sends

the packet data.
Sending Facility (PDQ) Name of the facility that sends the

packet data.

patCtx (iBus) Patient context parameter if iBus Obtain iBus installation input from
protocol installed. hospital IT and enter it here.
patIssuer (iBus) Issuer of the patient identifier

parameter.
IdentCtx (iBus) Selection of used patient identifier

type.
orgId (iBus) Fixed orgId to be used in all searches.
barcodeOrgId (iBus) Selection of used barcode type.
base (iBus) iBus root context.
patientPath (iBus) REST URL path for patient

information.
barcodePath (iBus) REST path for barcode format

checking.
Barcode settings from server Query barcode prefix/postfix

(iBus) configuration from server.
Query Barcode Input Selection for automatic patient Select Enable if you want to enable
search. automatic search.
Select Disable if automatic search is
not required.
NOTE
If enabled, barcode shortcut must not be set as Off in Service mode >
Maintenance.
Require Authenticated Restriction of PDQ query to Enable if the caregiver must

Caregiver authenticated caregivers. authenticate using the LDAP. When
enabled, the Search button in
Patient Info becomes active only
after the caregiver is authenticated.
WARNING
If Require Authenticated Caregiver option is not selected,
Patient Demographic Query can be made by anyone who
has access to the monitor. Patient confidentiality may be
compromised.
Allow Manual Patient Search Manual input for patient search data. Select Enable if you want to enable
manual patient search.
Select Disable if manual patient
search is not required. If disabled,
scanning the barcode is the only
method for searching a patient.


EMR Outbound Configuration
Definition
EMR= Electronic Medical Record = Sending measurement data to hospital server.
Procedure
1. Enter EMR Outbound configuration subsection of the Monitor Setup >
Advanced tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. VC150 can only send data to the EMR server. Once data is sent to EMR, it
cannot be edited anymore. Protocols available:
 PCD-01 works with IHE PCD-01 compatible database servers
Can also be configured to work with other HL7 supporting servers

3. Configure EMR outbound configuration according to the table below. Obtain
required settings from the hospital IT department:
PCD-01 iBus
Protocol M=Mandatory selection,
O=Optional selection
Server address M M
Outbound port M M
Inbound port O
SSL M M
Retry limits M M
Patient records M M
Caregiver identity M M
Delete sent records M M

PCD-01 iBus
Send priority M M
Receiving Application O
Receiving Facility O
Sending Application O
Sending Facility M
Assigning authority O
Username (iBus) O
Password (iBus) O
base (iBus) M
chartdocPath (iBus) M
useDeviceTimeStamp (iBus) M
EncounterDescriptor (iBus) M
CLASS (iBus) O
Fixed Location (PCD-01) O

EMR outbound configuration items
Protocol Selection of the protocol used. Select protocol None, PCD-01 or

iBus.
enter it here.
Retry Limit Number of times the monitor tries to Set the number of retry attempts.
send patient information. For example,
EMR Outbound Configuration
if set at 3, an error message will be

displayed after the third unsuccessful
attempt.
Patient Records Selection of whether patient can be Unidentified means that identifier
unidentified or must be identified or field can be empty. Identified means
verified before his/her data can be sent that ID field should have some
to the EMR. identifier. Verified means that it has
been checked with PDQ of LDAP.
Caregiver Identity Selection of whether the caregiver can
be unidentified or must be identified or
verified (requires LDAP license).
Delete Sent Records If enabled, records will be deleted after

successful delivery to the EMR.
Send Priority Selection of whether the oldest or latest

patient records are sent first.

Caregiver settings
1. Enter Caregiver subsection of the Monitor Setup > Advanced tab > Login
Service Mode > Connectivity.

VC150 can use two only send data to the EMR server. Once data is sent to EMR, it
cannot be edited anymore. Protocols available:
 LDAP, most common protocol for authenticating the caregiver

2. Configure caregiver items according to the table below. Obtain required
settings from the hospital IT department.
LDAP iBus
Server address M M
Outbound port M M
Use SSL M M
Authentication Method M
Search Distinguished Name O
Search Password O
Search Scope Base M
Search Depth M
Search Filter M
LDAP Timeout M
Automatically Follow Referrals M
Allow Empty Password M
Username O
Password O
Require password M
orgId M
base M
personnelPath M
loginBasicPath O

Caregiver configuration items
Protocol Selection of the protocol used. Select None, LDAP or iBus.

Caregiver
enter it here.

Hospital EMR encoding
Procedure
1. Enter Hospital EMR encoding subsection of the Monitor Setup > Advanced
tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. Configure the hospital EMR encoding according to the hospital policy. Refer
to “EMR encoding examples/PCD-01” on page 4-47 or “EMR encoding
examples/iBus” on page 4-49, if necessary.
configuration.
Description
VC150 sends data to an EMR server in a certain format. Some EMR servers will
accept measurement data only when it is sent in a specific format. With
Hospital EMR Encoding, the service user can configure formatting of the
parameter, so that the EMR server will accept the measurement data in transfer.
Once the service user changes the format of a parameter, all other parameters
will be ignored during measurement data transfer to the EMR server. The service
user must remember to change the encoding for every parameter that must be
transferred to the EMR.
The default EMR encoding uses MDC codes for the parameters and it does not
include all of the parameters/values that the device can measure. Refer to EMR
encoding examples on service manual “EMR encoding examples/PCD-01” on
page 4-47.
NOTE
The IT department of the hospital must provide the required EMR encoding
settings.

Hospital EMR encoding configuration items
SpO2 and many other items Parameter mapping from Cerner or Check with hospital IT for names and
PCD-01. formatting. You can insert
identifications in HL7 format. Refer to
“EMR encoding examples/PCD-01”
on page 4-47.
NOTE
Once the service user changes a
Hospital EMR Encoding
parameter’s format, every other

parameter will be ignored when
measurement data is sent to
EMR. Service user must
remember to change the
encoding for every parameter
that needs to be sent.
NOTE
There are no default MDC-values
for Masimo rainbow -
parameters. If Masimo rainbow
parameters need to be sent,
MDC encodings must be added
manually.
EMR encoding examples/PCD-01

These values are used with PCD-01 if nothing else is set up.
PCD-01
SpO2 150456^MDC_PULS_OXIM_SAT_O2^MDC
Perfusion_Index 150488^MDC_BLD_PERF_INDEX^MDC
Pulse_Rate 149530^MDC_PULS_OXIM_PULS_RATE^MDC
NIBP_Pulse_Rate 149546^MDC_PULS_RATE_NON_INV^MDC
Systolic 150021^MDC_PRESS_BLD_NONINV_SYS^MDC
Mean 150023^MDC_PRESS_BLD_NONINV_MEAN^MDC
Diastolic 150022^MDC_PRESS_BLD_NONINV_DIA^MDC
Temperature 150344^MDC_TEMP^MDC
Temperature_Monitored 150344^MDC_TEMP^MDC
Respiration_Rate 151562^MDC_RESP_RATE^MDC
mmHg mm[Hg]^mm[Hg]ÛCUM

percent %^%ÛCUM
beatsPerMin {pulse}/min^{pulse}/minÛCUM
breathsPerMin {breath}/min^{breath}/minÛCUM
C Cel^CelÛCUM
F [degF]^[degF]ÛCUM
kPa kPa^kPaÛCUM
unitless {unitless}^{unitless}ÛCUM
None 0^MDC_UNKNOWN^MDC
EarLobe 132592^MDC_HEAD_EAR^MDC
Nose 0^MDC_UNKNOWN^MDC
Finger 132820^MDC_UPEXT_FINGER^MDC
Toe 0^MDC_UNKNOWN^MDC
Other 0^MDC_UNKNOWN^MDC
Forehead 132592^MDC_HEAD_EAR^MDC
Axillary 132812^MDC_UPEXT_AXILLA^MDC
Rectal 132740^MDC_TRUNK_BUTTOCK^MDC
Oral 132612^MDC_HEAD_MOUTH^MDC
LeftArm 132853^MDC_UPEXT_ARM_UPPER_L^MDC
RightArm 132854^MDC_UPEXT_ARM_UPPER_R^MDC
LeftLeg 132677^MDC_LOEXT_LEG_L^MDC
RightLeg 132678^MDC_LOEXT_LEG_R^MDC

EMR encoding examples/iBus

These values are used with iBus if nothing else is set up.
iBus
SpO2 SPO2
Pulse_Rate PULSE_RATE
NIBP_Pulse_Rate PULSE_RATE
Systolic SYSTOLIC
Mean MEAN
Diastolic DIASTOLIC
Temperature TEMPERATURE
Temperature_Monitored TEMPERATURE
Respiration_Rate RESPIRATORY_RATE
mmHg MMHG
percent PERCENT
beatsPerMin BEATSPERMIN
breathsPerMin BREATHSPERMIN
C C
F F
kPa KPA
unitless UNITLESS
Cuff_Type CUFF_TYPE
Cuff_TypeNM
M_EWS M_EWS

M_RR Customizable fields.
M_RRNM
M_RR_Unit
M_RR_UnitNM
M_Pain_score
M_Pain_scoreNM
M_Pain_score_Unit
M_Pain_score_UnitNM
M_Inputs
M_InputsNM
M_Inputs_Unit
M_Inputs_UnitNM
M_Outputs
M_OutputsNM
M_Outputs_Unit
M_Outputs_UnitNM
M_Level_of_consciousness
M_Level_of_consciousnessNM
M_Level_of_consciousness_Unit
M_Level_of_consciousness_UnitNM
M_Free_Text_1 Free text fields.
M_Free_Text_1NM
M_Free_Text_2
M_Free_Text_2NM
M_Free_Text_3
M_Free_Text_3NM

M_Custom_1 Customizable fields.
M_Custom_1NM
M_Custom_1_Unit
M_Custom_1_UnitNM
M_Custom_2
M_Custom_2NM
M_Custom_2_Unit
M_Custom_2_UnitNM
M_Custom_3
M_Custom_3NM
M_Custom_3_Unit
M_Custom_3_UnitNM
M_Custom_4
M_Custom_4NM
M_Custom_4_Unit
M_Custom_4_UnitNM
M_Custom_5
M_Custom_5NM
M_Custom_5_Unit
M_Custom_5_UnitNM
M_Custom_11
M_Custom_11NM
M_Custom_11_Unit
M_Custom_11_UnitNM
M_Custom_12
M_Custom_12NM
M_Custom_12_Unit
M_Custom_12_UnitNM
M_Custom_13
M_Custom_13NM
M_Custom_13_Unit
M_Custom_13_UnitNM

M_Custom_14 Customizable fields.
M_Custom_14NM
M_Custom_14_Unit
M_Custom_14_UnitNM
M_Custom_15
M_Custom_15NM
M_Custom_15_Unit
M_Custom_15_UnitNM
M_Custom_16
M_Custom_16NM
M_Custom_16_Unit
M_Custom_16_UnitNM
M_Custom_17
M_Custom_17NM
M_Custom_17_Unit
M_Custom_17_UnitNM
M_Custom_18
M_Custom_18NM
M_Custom_18_Unit
M_Custom_18_UnitNM
M_Custom_19
M_Custom_19NM
M_Custom_19_Unit
M_Custom_19_UnitNM
M_Custom_20
M_Custom_20NM
M_Custom_20_Unit
M_Custom_20_UnitNM

Web server
2. Scroll down to Web Server subsection.
3. Configure Enabled, Port and Secure to enable the remote service.
Enabled Selection of whether a remote Make a selection.

management web server is enabled
or disabled.
Web Server
Port Web server port number. Obtain input from hospital IT and
enter it here.
Secure Selection whether the web server is Make a selection.

using SSL or not.

Device certificate
1. If you need to secure the remote service connection, enter Monitor Setup >
Advanced > Login Service Mode > Connectivity.
2. Scroll down to Device Certificate subsection and select it.
3. Configure Certificate, Private Key, Private Key Password and SSL Mode.
Certificate Selection of the certificate that server uses to Obtain input from
prove its own identity, so that the client can verify hospital IT and enter it
that the server is what it claims to be. here.
Required to encrypt the remote connection to the

device with SSL protocol.
Device Certificate
Private Key Private key used for SSL encryption certificate.
Private Key Password Required password to use the private key.
SSL Mode Strict or Relaxed both require a certificate. Make a selection.

Relaxed will accept some failures in certificate
validation such as expired certificates. Relaxed
can be used to encrypt traffic by using SSL
without validating end points. This selection will
affect all SSL connections.
SSL Protocol Required SSL protocol. Make a selection.


LDAP filter configuration

Description
LDAP filter configuration depends on the local HIS and may vary to a great
extent and sophistication. In this section various configuration examples are
listed to provide an overview on LDAP filter configuration.
LDAP configuration items

NOTE
Allowing an empty password is a serious risk for identification security! It is
recommended to be used only during troubleshooting.
Setting name Available values Description
Authentication Manual * Allows only direct bind from LDAP database

Method
Search Allows search from LDAP database
Search Manual field DN (Distinguished Name) account with access rights to perform
Distinguished searches. A DN both uniquely identifies an entry and describes its
Name position in the DIT (Directory information Tree). A DN is much like an
absolute path on a file system, except for path direction. File system
paths usually start with the root of the file system and descend the
tree from left to right. LDAP DNs ascend the tree from left to right. For
example, the DN
uid=john.doe,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com represents
an entry that is immediately subordinate to
ou=People,dc=example,dc=com which is itself immediately
subordinate to the entry dc=example,dc=com.
DN can be empty if anonymous search is allowed from server.
Search Password Manual Field Password for the DN. Can be empty if not required by LDAP server.
Search Scope Base Manual Field. If Search Authentication Method is selected, the search base is DN.
Default: %1 This specifies the search area constraints.
If Manual Authentication Method is selected, the search base is DN

for direct bind. One wildcard can be defined by %1. %1 is replaced
with caregiver identification

Search Depth LDAP Scope Base* Indicates that only the entry specified as the search base should be
considered. None of its subordinates will be considered.
LDAP Scope Onelevel Indicates that only the immediate children of the entry specified as
the search base should be considered. The base entry itself should not
be considered, nor any descendants of the immediate children of the
base entry.
LDAP Scope Subtree Indicates that the entry specified as the search base, and all of its
subordinates to any depth, should be considered.
LDAP Scope Indicates that the entry specified by the search base should not be
Subordinate considered, but all of its subordinates to any depth should be
considered.
Search Filter Manual Field. Filter for search results. User defined value and accepts AND, OR or
Default: "uid=%1" NOT statements. One wild card can be defined by %1.
LDAP Timeout 15 sec Server timeout value
30 sec*
60 sec
120 sec
Automatically Enabled A referral is a type of LDAP response that indicates that the server
Follow Referrals could not process the requested operation, but suggests that the
request might succeed if you try it somewhere else.
Disabled*
Source:
https://www.ldap.com/the-ldap-search-operation
https://www.ldap.com/basic-ldap-concepts
Search Filter Operators
Search Type Operator Description
Equality = Returns entries containing attribute values that exactly match the
specified value. For example, cn=Bob Johnson
Substring =string* string Returns entries containing attributes containing the specified substring.
For example, cn=Bob* cn=*Johnson cn=*John* cn=B*John. The
asterisk (*) indicates zero (0) or more characters.
Greater than or >= Returns entries containing attributes that are greater than or equal to the
equal to specified value. For example, buildingname >= alpha.

Less than or <= Returns entries containing attributes that are less than or equal to the
equal to specified value. For example, buildingname <= alpha.
Presence =* Returns entries containing one or more values for the specified attribute.
For example, cn=* telephonenumber=* manager=*.
Approximate ~= Returns entries containing the specified attribute with a value that is
approximately equal to the value specified in the search filter. For
example, cn~=suret l~=san fransico could return cn=sarette
l=san francisco.
Source: https://www.centos.org/docs/5/html/CDS/ag/8.0/
Finding_Directory_Entries-LDAP_Search_Filters.html
Search Filter Boolean Operators
Operator Symbol Description
AND & All specified filters must be true for the statement
to be true. For example, (&(filter)(filter)(filter)...).
OR | At least one specified filter must be true for the

statement to be true. For
example, (|(filter)(filter)(filter)...)
NOT ! The specified statement must not be true for the

statement to be true. Only one filter is affected by
the NOT operator. For example, (!(filter)).
Source: https://www.centos.org/docs/5/html/CDS/ag/8.0/
Finding_Directory_Entries-LDAP_Search_Filters.html
LDAP Filter example 1 (does not work with Microsoft Active Directory)
(&(sn=%1)(|(ou:dn:=Users)(ou:dn:=Personnel)(ou:dn:=Staff)))
Filters user with “sn” where OrganizationalUnit(ou) is “Users” or “Personnel” or

“Staff”
LDAP Filter example 2
(&(sAMAccountName=%1)(objectClass=person)(!(objectClass=organizationalP
erson)))
Filters user with “sAMAccountName” where objectClass is a person and not

organizationalPerson
LDAP Filter example 3
(&(sAMAccountName=%1)(objectClass=person)(objectClass=organizationalPe
rson)(memberOf=cn=People,dc=vsmtesting,dc=local))
Filters users with sAMAccountName where objectClass is person and

organizationalPerson and user is member of People -group. "Member of" -
statement works only with Microsoft Active Directory.

Configuring the LDAP filter

1. Check with hospital/care facility IT department how they have set up the
LDAP search and ask for syntax on how the LDAP search filter must be
configured.
2. Enter LDAP Filter configuration subsection of the Monitor Setup >
Advanced tab > Login Service Mode > Connectivity > Caregiver.
3. Select Protocol as LDAP.

4. Select Authentication Method as Search.
5. Enter Distinguished Name in a format that the HIS uses. An example below.

6. Enter Search Scope Base.

7. Select Search depth.
8. Enter Search Filter. %1 is replaced with caregiver identification
9. When you have entered required data and made required selections, exit
the service mode to return to the clinical mode.
10. Select Patients & Records.

11. Select Patients & Records > New Patient.
12. Enter Identification and Password. Then select Confirm.
13. Select Login.
14. If the caregiver was successfully retrieved by LDAP, content of the

identification field changes to light gray. If is it not, check the settings with
the hospital/care facility IT department.

configuration.

Record Settings
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Record Settings.
2. Configure output-related items such as PDF Print and Paper.
3. Configure factory default manual fields such as Respiration Rate, Pain
Score, Consciousness, Inputs, Outputs, Oxygen delivery, Oxygen Flow
Rate, O2.
4. Configure Custom field name 9-20 and Free fields. Custom fields are
customizable areas for additional manually entered information and may
have customized drop-down options. Free fields provides more writing
space.
NOTES
Number of accepted decimals is based on decimals entered into the limits,
i.e. the upper limit 10.0 will accept values with one decimal. Both upper and
lower limits should have the same amount of digits.
Unit indicates the selected unit of measurement for numeric field. Only unit
of measurement for numeric field can be customized. Setting in Hospital
EMR encoding units must match with the units set up in EMR.
Custom field name Settings Description
None PDF Print Enable of Disable the Export to PC

Paper
feature.
Paper Selection of paper size for PDF files.
1. to 20. custom field name Display name of this field.
on home screen When Enable selected, this field is

displayed on home screen.
Show (On/Number/List/Off)
When On is selected, a custom-defined field is displayed.

Show Manual Entry Items
When Number is selected, the field with numeric value is displayed. The
field value can only be numeric. Min and Max indicate minimum and
maximum values for the field. Unit indicates the display unit for the field
value.
When List is selected, a drop-down list will be available in parameter

section of a patient snapshot. Drop-down selection items for the list are
created here. When content for Item 1 has been entered, the monitor
will create a Item 2 and so on. A maximum of 10 list items can be used
for one manual field. Maximum custom field title length is 16
characters. Maximum length of drop down items is 20 characters.
Selection Off means that the field will not be displayed.
Free Fields On/Off

When On is selected, a field with free writing space becomes available.
Maximum length of this field is 32767 characters.


Reverting to the factory default alarm setting

If it becomes necessary, reverting factory default alarm settings can be done in
Monitor Setup > Advanced > Default Setup > Alarm Defaults.
WARNING
The line frequency mode for Masimo SpO2 must be set
according to each country’s electrical power utilities
implementation, and it must be checked and reset any time the
monitor is set to or reverts to factory default settings. If the LF
mode is set incorrectly, the susceptibility to ambient light is
increased and low perfusion performance may be affected,
resulting in potentially inaccurate readings.
Clearing local history

If local history has to be cleared:
1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Login Service Mode > Maintenance >
Local History and select Remove.
2. Press Confirm to remove all measurements.
WARNING
Make sure you want to do this before you select it. The action
will take place immediately after selecting it. There is no way to
restore patient entries that have been erroneously deleted.
3. Select the home icon to save the measurement settings and exit the Service
Mode. The monitor will restart.

Monitor configuration: Adding a caregiver
Adding a caregiver
Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Adding a caregiver”.
Providing identification
1. Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Providing
identification”.
2. Return to “Connectivity verification checklist” on page 4-3 to continue with
the connectivity verification.
Using a barcode reader for caregiver ID

1. Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Using a barcode
reader for caregiver ID”.
Selecting or adding a patient

Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Selecting or adding a
patient“.
Using a barcode reader for patient ID

1. Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Positive patient
identification”.
2. Return to “Connectivity verification checklist” on page 4-3 continue with the
connectivity verification.
Snapshot output
Snapshot merge
Refer to VC150 Operator’s Manual, section “Patient Data/Snapshot merge”.
Snapshot output
1. For details on Export to PDF, Print and Send, refer to VC150 Operator’s
Manual, section “Patient Data/Snapshot output”.

5 Checkout procedures

Checkout procedures: Introduction
Introduction
This chapter provides various checklists for service work performed on the unit.
“Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30, “Preventive

maintenance checklist” on page 9-3 and “Visual inspection checklist” on page 9-
5 provide list of items to check for during initial installation or preventive
maintenance.
Parameter-level functional testing

Use the accessories supplied with the monitor (or obtain required accessories
from the care unit) to perform functional testing of each of the parameters after
the initial configuration is complete.
NIBP
1. Perform an NIBP determination on yourself.
a. Connect an appropriate air hose and an appropriate adult cuff together.
Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for instructions.
b. Connect the end of the air hose to the NIBP connector on the left side of
the monitor.
c. Attach the adult cuff to the upper part of your arm.
d. Select the Inflate icon on the monitor to begin a single determination.
2. Verify that a blood pressure determination completes and the results are
displayed on the monitor.
NOTE
While an NIBP simulator device may be useful to verify that the monitor

Checkout procedures: Parameter-level functional testing
Temperature
Welch Allyn
NOTES
 The accuracy of predictive temperature measurements made in a water
bath will not be representative of performance with actual patients.
1. Connect the supplied Welch Allyn temperature probe to the corresponding

connector.
2. Take an oral or axillary temperature reading on yourself (not on a SureTemp
Calibration tester).
3. Verify that a predictive temperature measurement begins once the probe is
removed from the probe well.
4. Place the probe in the probe well after completion of the temperature cycle.
Exergen
1. Connect the Exergen temporal scanner’s into any USB port at the back of
the monitor.
2. Take a temperature reading on yourself (not on a heat generator).
3. Verify that the temperature displays on both the Exergen temporal scanner
and in the Temp parameter box on the monitor. The temperature will be
displayed if Show temperature is selected in the Monitor setup >
Temperature.
SpO2 technologies (GE TruSignal, Masimo and Nellcor)

1. Connect the SpO2 sensor cable to the monitor. If needed, use an extension
cable.
2. Verify that an SpO2 reading is displayed within moments of attaching the
sensor to either a simulator or to your finger.
EWS
If you want to test operation of the EWS feature, perform the following:
1. Manually add values to patient record. Refer to section “Editing measured

snapshot values” in VC150 Operator’s Manual KO00065 or a localized
version of it.
2. Verify that the EWS screen is updated.
3. Delete patient history. This must be done before a patient is measured. Refer
to “Deleting patient records” in VC150 Operator’s Manual KO00065 or a
localized version of it.

Checkout procedures: Calibration procedures and tests
Calibration procedures and tests

Perform the following calibration test procedures every 12 months, or whenever
the accuracy of any reading is in doubt.
NOTE
All devices are tested and calibrated during manufacturing and are certified
for operation at installation.
To adequately test the safety and integrity of the monitor, the following test
equipment is recommended:
 24Vdc power supply
 IEC 60601-1 safety tester
 Digital manometer (with range to 350 mmHg)
 Stopwatch/timer (capable of measuring seconds)
 Adult NIBP cuff, hose, inflation bulb, and associated tubing. SuperSTAT
algorithm is currently not available in Canada.
 NIBP calibration kit
 For Welch Allyn SureTemp Plus® calibration (if SureTemp Plus® option is
installed):
 Calibration key, SureTemp Plus® (PN 06138-000)
 Calibration tester, SureTemp Plus® 9600+ (PN 01802-110)
 For Exergen calibration (if Exergen option is installed):
 Calibration verification kit (EX 129003)
 SpO2 cable (for the appropriate SpO2 type, if SpO2 is installed)
 Printer paper (if printer is installed)
WARNING
to the pneumatic system will likely cause damage to the
monitor and/or the accessories.

NIBP tests and calibration

Complete the “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30
as tests are performed.
NOTE
 This test is written so that a knowledgeable technician who is familiar with
the monitor and the test equipment will be able to follow the test procedure.
Setup
1. Connect manometer to unit as shown.
2. Use a ‘T’ connection to connect an inflation bulb into the pneumatic setup.
3. Consult the following diagram for pneumatic setup guidelines.
NOTE
Use adult BP cuff for the calibration. Use a mandrel with diameter of
approximately 9 cm.
Pneumatic leakage testing

This test is done to find out whether there any pneumatic leaks in the system.
1. Turn the unit on and select Start in Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service
Mode > Maintenance/Calibration/NIBP Calibration.
2. Close the valve on the inflation bulb. When Module Status displays ready,
select Calibrate.
3. Using the inflation bulb, inflate the system to 210 mmHg.
4. Allow the system to stabilize for about 60 seconds (it is normal to see some
decrease in pressure at this point). Re-inflate the system to 210 mmHg.

5. Start the stopwatch and record the pressure value. Observe the Pressure
Sensor 1 and 2 screens, not the Pressure Sensor Difference screen.
6. After 60 seconds record the pressure value again.
The leakage rate is the difference between the first and second readings.
7. Record the leakage rate on the “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE
VC150” on page 5-30.
8. Select Close to cancel and exit the calibration pop up menu.
9. Select the home icon to exit the service mode.
Pressure transducer verification

This test is done to verify correct operation of the transducer valve.
1. Turn the unit on and enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode >
Maintenance and select Calibration/NIBP Calibration.
2. Open the valve on the inflation bulb and remove all pressure from the
system (manometer reads zero).
3. When Module Status displays ready, select Adult Overpressure test.
4. Close the valve on the inflation bulb and inflate the cuff, hose and pressure
indicator setup to 200 mmHg.
5. Record the pressure reading in the cell on the Pressure Sensor 1 or 2 of the
NIBP Calibration screen, next to the Adult Overpressure button. Verify that
the digital manometer displays the same reading.
6. Use the valve on the bulb to reduce the pressure to 150 mmHg.
7. Record the pressure reading. Verify that the digital manometer displays the
same reading.
same reading.

same reading.
12. Open the bulb to release pressure.
13. Record all test results on “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE
VC150” on page 5-30.
14. If readings in the Pressure Sensor 1 or 2 and the manometer are different,
refer to “Pressure transducer calibration” on page 5-7 for instructions.
15. Select Close to cancel and select the home icon to exit the service mode.
Pressure transducer calibration

Perform this calibration only if pressure transducer verification is out of
tolerance as specified in the “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150”
on page 5-30.
1. Turn the monitor on and enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode >
Maintenance and select Calibration/NIBP Calibration.
2. Open the valve on bulb to open the pressure system to atmosphere.
3. Verify the manometer reads zero.
4. When Module Status displays ready, select Calibrate.
5. Close the valve on bulb and slowly inflate the pressure to 200 mmHg (using
the manometer as reference).
6. Stop inflation when the pressure on the manometer display reads exactly
200 mmHg.
7. Select Save Calibration.
NOTE
If the calibration was successful, Module Status displays saved and
Pressure sensors 1 and 2 value will initialize to 200 accordingly. If the
calibration was unsuccessful (caused by e.g. too high rate of change  5
mmHg) complete is displayed. Then return to step 1 and restart the
calibration procedure.
8. Select Close to exit the calibration menu.

9. Select the home icon to exit the service mode.
Verification
Refer to “Pressure transducer verification” on page 5-6 for instructions.

Monitor overpressure verification

This test is performed to verify the system detects an overpressure situation
correctly and displays an alarm message for overpressure.
1. Remove the cuff and hose from the monitor, restrict airflow from cuff hose
port.
2. Select the inflate icon on the home screen to begin NIBP determination.
3. Verify that an overpressure alarm message is displayed on the screen and
an audible alarm sounds.
4. Remove the air restriction.
5. Select the overpressure icon to acknowledge the overpressure condition.
6. Select the inflation icon to verify that the NIBP starts again.
7. Verify that the overpressure alarm message is cleared from the screen.
8. Confirm all test results are recorded on the “Installation and checkout form,
CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.
NIBP overpressure verification

1. Enter Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode > Maintenance and select
Calibration/NIBP Calibration.
2. When the Module Status displays ready, select Adult Overpressure Test.
3. Use the inflation bulb to inflate close to 300 mmHg. Slowly inflate (1 to 2
mmHg/sec) until the valve opens and pressure is released. Observe the
Pressure Sensor 1 and 2 screens, not the Pressure Sensor Difference
screen.
4. Record and verify the pressure at which the valve opens on the “Installation
and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.

5. Select Neonate Overpressure Test. Perform this only where neonatal

measurement is allowed by local regulations.
6. Use the inflation bulb to inflate close to 150 mmHg. Slowly inflate (1 to 2
mmHg/sec) until the valve opens and pressure is released. Observe the
Pressure Sensor 1 and 2 screens, not the Pressure Sensor Difference
screen. Perform this only where neonatal measurement is allowed by
local regulations.
7. Record and verify the pressure at which the valve opens on the “Installation
and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.
8. Select Close to cancel and exit the calibration pop up menu.
9. Select the home icon to exit the service mode. The monitor will restart.
Testing the inflation icon

This test is to verify correct operation of the inflation icon.
1. Disconnect the cuff/hose assembly and power on the unit.

2. Select the inflation icon on the home screen.
3. Verify that an NIBP determination has been initiated.
4. Block the pump port and verify that an alarm message and an overpressure
icon are displayed.
5. Verify that the alarm silence indicator (bell) is lit (in the optional monitoring
mode only).
6. Select the alarm message, verify that the alarm has been cleared.
7. Select the overpressure icon.

NIBP functional test

NOTES
 The NIBP functional test does not test for measurement accuracy.
 While an NIBP simulator device may be useful to verify that the monitor
1. Attach an adult cuff and hose to a simulator (be sure to select the correct
cuff size).
2. Select the inflation icon on the home screen to begin a determination.
3. Record the Systolic, Diastolic, MAP and pulse rate values from the monitor
display.
4. Wait 1 minute, then select the auto mode icon.
5. Select STAT in NIBP Settings/Auto Mode.
6. Select Confirm. A STAT determination starts.
display.
8. Select the red STAT icon. This ends the STAT mode.
9. Wait 1 minute, then select the auto mode icon.
10. Select Cycle in NIBP Settings/Auto Mode.
11. Select a cycle in the drop-down list.
12. Select Confirm.
13. Verify that the alarm silence indicator (bell) is lit (in the optional monitoring
mode only).
display.
15. Select the red Cycle icon. This ends the Cycle mode.

Changing the NIBP configuration

1. Enter the Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode > Maintenance
screen.
2. Proceed to Measurement Settings and set NIBP Algorithm as Auscultory or

SuperSTAT.
NOTE
SuperSTAT selection is not displayed if SuperSTAT license is inactive.
SuperSTAT is available depending on regional regulations. SuperSTAT
algorithm is currently not available in Canada.
3. Proceed to Measurement Settings and set NIBP Unit as mmHg or kPa.
NOTE
Clear local history before changing the unit of measurement. Refer to
“Clearing local history” on page 4-61.
4. Select the home icon to save the measurement settings and exit the service
mode. The monitor will restart.

Temperature
Perform this only if the monitor is equipped with the temperature parameter.
At installation, the manufacturer recommends performing a temperature check.

Refer to “Parameter-level functional testing” - “Temperature” on page 5-3.
Welch Allyn temperature calibration verification

NOTES
 There are no user-performed maintenance or calibration procedures for
Welch Allyn thermometry.
 Whenever the clinical accuracy of the thermometer is in question, verify the
instrument calibration. Your hospital biomedical department should
establish a routine schedule for verifying instrument calibration. It is
recommended the unit be tested semi-annually. To verify the accuracy of
the Welch Allyn temperature parameter with a specific temperature probe,
use Welch Allyn calibration tester SureTemp® Plus 9600 +, or take
measurements at varying temperatures in continuous (monitor) mode using
a water bath and a high-precision thermometer as a reference instrument.
1. Turn the monitor on. Make sure the temperature probe is properly stored in
the probe well.
2. Adjust Temperature Simulator to 96.8° F (36.0° C) and wait until the
temperature is reached.
3. Place Welch Allyn temperature probe into simulator.
4. If monitor unit of measurement for temperature is set to ° C, switch the
measurement units to ° F. Refer to “Unit of measurement for Welch Allyn” on
page 4-15 for instructions.
5. Measure the temperature. When predictive measurement ends and the
snail icon appears on screen, select the snail icon to put the temperature
measurement into monitor mode.
6. Record and verify that the reading on the temperature display is 96.8° F
±0.2° F.
7. Set the simulator to 101.3° F (38.5° C) and repeat step #6.
±0.2° F.
9. Set the simulator to 105.8° F (41.0° C) and repeat step #6.
±0.2° F.
11. If necessary, switch the measurement units back to °C. Refer to “Unit of
measurement for Welch Allyn” on page 4-15 for instructions.
13. Calibration is complete. If the monitor does not pass the calibration
verification, contact GE Technical Support.

Welch Allyn temperature calibration verification using calibration key

This method uses a fixed value to verify that the device is calibrated properly.
NOTE
The Calibration Key test does not test the calibration of the probe. Such a
test requires the use of Welch Allyn Model 9600 Calibration Tester (PN
01802-110).
1. Remove any probe currently connected to monitor. Remove the probe from
the probe well.
2. Connect the SureTemp Plus® (PN 06138-000) calibration key to monitor.
Insert the probe well to monitor.
3. Place the thermometry probe to probe well and then remove it.
4. Wait until a temperature value is shown on screen. The temperature should
be 36.3 +/- 0.1ºC or 97.3 +/- 0.2ºF.
5. Remove the SureTemp® Plus Cal-Key.
6. Connect the original probe back to the monitor.
If the reading from the calibration key is not within specified range or you are
having other problems with the use of the calibration key, perform calibration
verification using the Calibration tester, SureTemp Plus® 9600+ (PN 01802-110)
and a temperature probe. If problem persists, contact GE Technical Support.
Exergen temperature calibration verification

The Exergen temporal scanner is self-calibrating. Factory calibration data is
installed via a computer that communicates with the temporal scanner’s
microprocessor. The instrument uses this data to self-calibrate automatically
each time it is turned on, and will never require recalibration. If readings are not
correct or the clinical accuracy is in doubt, the instrument should be returned to
Exergen for repair. Calibration can also be verified using Calibration verification
kit.
NOTE
If calibration is needed, return the scanner to Exergen for repair.
Calibration verification kit

The calibration verification procedure requires the Exergen calibration
verification kit (p/n EX 129003). The calibration verification kit includes a portable
blackbody heat generator providing a stable source of heat in a small cavity.
This is used as a target reference to verify the calibration of the Exergen
temporal scanner against an Exergen Certified Master (CM) reference
instrument, also included in the kit.

Calibration verification procedure

The CM instrument must be the same model and calibration as the Exergen units
to be tested (serial labels on the instruments indicate if device is oral or arterial
and Celsius or Fahrenheit). If this is not the case, contact GE Service.
NOTE
Comparisons between the CM and the instrument being tested should
always be conducted under the same conditions.
1. Turn on the verifier device, using either a 9-volt battery or the power supply.
Make sure the red LED is illuminated.
Power On LED
On/Off switch
Battery
compartment
Power supply
jack
2. Allow the device approximately 5 minutes for warm-up and stabilization

time.
3. Allow the certified master and the instrument to be tested to acclimate in
the same ambient temperature for at least 10 minutes.
4. For all instruments, make sure the lens at the tip of the probe is clean. To
clean, use an alcohol prep or a swab dipped in alcohol, followed by a damp
wipe with water to remove any residue.
5. Alternately insert the reference instrument and the instrument being verified
into the aperture opening, comparing the readings.
Certified master (CM) or
instrument to be verified
Portable black
body verifier
6. Record and verify that the difference between the temperature reading of
the CM and the instrument being verified is ±0.2°C (0.4°F).
If the readings differ by more than the acceptable field limits, repeat this
procedure. If the readings still differ by more than the acceptable limits, the
device fails.
7. Confirm that test results are recorded on the “Installation and checkout
form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.

External DC verification
1. Plug the power supply into the monitor.
2. Verify that the Charging indicator is illuminated.

SpO2
Perform the following steps only if the monitor is equipped with the SpO2
parameter.
1. Connect the appropriate SpO2 probe and connect appropriate SpO2 sensor
to the SpO2 connector. Use extension cable if necessary. Place the probe on
your finger.
2. Verify that the unit displays:
 Pulse value
 Saturation value
 Signal strength asterisks
3. Remove the sensor from your finger. Dashes ‘--’ will be displayed in
parameter area, an SpO2 Sensor Off Patient alarm message will be
displayed on the notification area and an alarm sound is signaled (in
monitoring mode) through the speaker.
4. Select the Silence icon.
5. Verify that the sound is silenced.
6. Select the alarm message to acknowledge it.
7. Verify the alarm message is cleared.
8. Reapply the SpO2 sensor to your finger.
9. Verify that the unit displays:
 Pulse value
 Saturation value
 Signal strength asterisks
10. Confirm that all test results are recorded on the “Installation and checkout

Printer output test

The error log may be empty. If you want to ensure that there is at least one error
in the error log, perform “Monitor overpressure verification” on page 5-8.
Perform the following steps only if the monitor is equipped with a printer.
1. Check whether the printer has a paper roll inside. If not, load paper into the
print mechanism.
NOTE
Use only printer paper from GE. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies
and accessories (KO00125) for printer accessories.
a. With the monitor powered on, turn it so that the side with the printer is
facing you.
b. While grasping the side of the monitor, lift the printer door open by
placing your thumb in the indented area and pulling. The printer door
will pop open.
c. Place the roll of paper into the compartment so that the end of the
paper comes off the right side of the roll (paper is wound around the roll
clockwise). Place the roll of paper in the holding bracket that is
integrated in the door of the printer, making sure the paper extends out
of the printer cavity for at least 5 cm (two inches).
2. Firmly press the door to close it.
3. Select Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode > Maintenance/Print
Last 50 Errors to check the printer output. You can also print a snapshot, if
available.
4. Verify that the printer outputs a record and the print quality is good.
5. Confirm that test results are recorded on the “Installation and checkout

Checkout procedures: Safety testing
Safety testing
Electrical safety tests
Electrical safety tests provide a method of determining if potential electrical
health hazards to the patient or operator of the device exist.
Requirements
Qualified personnel must perform all safety tests presented in this document:
 Every 12 months thereafter (planned/preventive maintenance). Refer to the

“Preventive maintenance checklist” on page 9-3 for more information.
 Each time the main enclosure is disassembled or a circuit board is removed,
tested, repaired, or replaced (corrective maintenance).
 Service personnel should record the values of each required electrical safety
test in the “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-
30. These instructions are intended for any component in the system
requiring electrical safety testing.
NOTES
If local authorities require safety tests before the device can be placed in
clinical use, the hospital biomed is responsible to perform tests listed in
“Electrical safety tests” on page 5-18.
The manufacturer has performed these electrical safety tests for patient
monitor and acquisition modules during final inspection. You do not have to
perform the electrical safety tests during installation checkout, if the patient
monitor was manufactured less than 24 months ago. Check the serial
number label for manufacturing week and year (refer to “Equipment ID” on
page 1-6).
Test equipment
The test equipment needed to perform electrical safety tests is listed below.
Item Specification
Leakage current tester Equivalent to the circuits

shown
Digital multimeter (DMM) (optional, based upon AC volts, ohms

leakage tester and location)
2085615-001 VC150 SAFETY TEST Safety test connectors

CONNECTORS required to perform
electrical safety tests for
VC150.

Perform electrical safety tests using an electrical safety analyzer per IEC 60601-
1, UL 60601-1, or CSA C22.2 No. 601. The schematics in the section provide a
general understanding of the test equipment. Actual configuration of test
equipment may vary.
The monitor being tested should be placed on an insulating surface.
Power cord and plug

Verify the power cord being used with the patient monitor is good. The following
are several areas to check for in this regard:
 Failure of the power cord strain relief is very common. Often users of the
equipment pull on the power cord itself, rather than the power cord plug, to
unplug the patient monitor from a wall receptacle.
 Inspect the power cord for wear or damage regularly. If damage is
suspected, test for continuity through each conductor of the power cord
connector.
 Verify line, neutral, and earth conductors are properly connected to the
power cord plug and are not short-circuited. Replace the power cord as
necessary with a regulatory-approved cord for the country of use.
WARNING
Use only AC power cords recommended or manufactured by
the manufacturer.
Earth leakage current

This procedure measures the protective earth conductor current flowing along
the earth.
Perform tests in both normal condition (NC) and in single fault condition (SFC),
where Neutral conductor is open. Perform the test with normal and reverse
polarity.
Acceptance criteria NC
All readings must be less than or equal to 500 µA.
Acceptance criteria SFC - neutral open


Enclosure leakage current (touch current) test

This procedure measures the leakage current from conductive parts of the
"Device Under Test" to ground. The measurement must be carried out at least at
following locations:
 Metal bar of the printer frame or metal plate of the dummy printer cover (if
the monitor is not equipped with the printer)
CAUTION
The metal bar must not hit the writing head of the printer.
 PC USB connector frame (use the PC-USB safety test cable of the VC150
Safety Test Connectors kit, GE p/n 2085615-001)
 Remote alarm connector frame (use the Nurse Call safety test cable of the
VC150 Safety Test Connectors kit, GE p/n 2085615-001)
where one of the supply conductors is open at a time. Perform the test with
normal and reverse polarity.
Leakage Tester
LINE
AC MAINS
NORM
Power Cord
NEUTRAL LINE
Open
EARTH NEUTRAL
Closed
EARTH
RVS
Device
Open
Under
Closed
Test
Printer/Enclosure
MD*

NOTES
*The MD represents the network and voltage measuring instrument and its
frequency characteristics per IEC 60601-1.
Perform this test once for each conductive part.
1. Connect conductive part to the leakage tester.

2. Configure leakage tester as follows:
 Polarity – NORMAL
 Neutral – CLOSED
 GND (Earth) – CLOSED
3. Apply the AC mains voltage to the device under test.
4. Read the current leakage indicated on the tester and record the results on
the “Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.
5. Change leakage tester switches to:
 Neutral – OPEN
 GND (Earth) – OPEN
 Polarity – REVERSED

15. Remove the AC mains voltage from the device under test.
If the measured reading is greater than the acceptance criteria below, the
device under test fails. Contact GE Service.
Acceptance criteria SFC – ground (earth), line or neutral open

Patient leakage current test

This test is performed only if the monitor is equipped with SpO2 or temperature
options.
This procedure measures the leakage current from the “Device Under Test” input
connector to ground.
Both AC and DC leakage currents are measured.
Leakage Tester
LINE
AC MAINS
NORM
Power Cord
NEUTRAL LINE
Open
EARTH NEUTRAL
Closed
EARTH
RVS
Device
Open
Under
Closed Test
Patient connector
MD*
NOTES
 *The MD represents the network and voltage measuring instrument and its
 Perform this test once for SpO2 and once for temperature.
 This test applies only to the Welch Allyn temperature option; it is not
intended for the Exergen temperature option.
 Perform first AC leakage current measurements.

1. Connect a patient connector to the leakage tester.

16. Repeat the steps in this procedure for DC leakage current measurement.

17. Repeat the steps in this procedure to measure the other patient connector.
All AC leakage current readings must be less than or equal to 100 µA.
All DC leakage current readings must be less than or equal to 10 µA.

Patient leakage current test (mains voltage on the applied part)

This test is performed only if the monitor is equipped with SpO2 or temperature
options.
This procedure measures the leakage current from a mains voltage source into
the “Device Under Test” input connector.
Perform the test with normal and reverse polarity.
Leakage Tester
LINE
AC MAINS
NORM Power Cord
NEUTRAL LINE
EARTH NEUTRAL
EARTH
RVS
**
Device
Under
Closed Test
Patient connector
(Keep cable length as
MD* short as possible.)
NOTES
*The MD represents the network and voltage measuring instrument and its
**Per IEC 60601-1, the resistance to protect the circuitry and the person
performing the test. The resistance must be low enough to accept currents
higher than the allowable values of the leakage current to be measured.
Perform this test once for SpO2 and once for temperature.
This test applies only to the Welch Allyn temperature option; it is not

WARNING
Shock hazard. The following step causes high voltage at the
patient connector. Do not touch the patient connector.
1. Connect a patient connector to the leakage tester.

8. Repeat the steps in this procedure to measure the other patient connector.
device under test fails. Contact GE service.
Acceptance criteria
All readings must be less than or equal to 5 mA.

Patient auxiliary current test

This test is performed only if the monitor is equipped with SpO2 and temperature
options.
This procedure measures the leakage current between patient connectors.
Perform tests in both normal condition (NC) and in single fault condition (SFC), at
which one of the supply conductors is open at a time. Perform the test with
Leakage Tester
LINE
AC MAINS
NORM
Power Cord
NEUTRAL LINE
Open
EARTH NEUTRAL
Closed
EARTH
RVS
Device
Open
Under
Patient connector
Closed
(SpO2) Test
MD*
Patient connector
(TEMP)
NOTES
1. Connect patient connectors to the leakage tester.


16. Repeat the steps in this procedure for DC leakage current measurement.


Total patient leakage current test

This test is performed only if the monitor is equipped with SpO2 and temperature
options.
This procedure measures the leakage current from the "Device Under Test"
patient connectors to ground. Patient connectors must be connected together.
Leakage Tester
AC MAINS
LINE NORM
Power Cord
NEUTRAL LINE
Open
EARTH NEUTRAL
Closed
EARTH
RVS
Device
Open
Patient connector Under
Closed (SPO2) Test
MD*
Patient connector
(TEMP)
NOTES
1. Connect patient connectors together and connect them to the leakage

tester.

16. Repeat the steps in this procedure for DC leakage current measurements.

Results
Measurement limits must comply with 3rd edition of IEC 60601-1.

Checkout procedures: Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150
Installation and checkout form, CARESCAPE VC150

Customer
Service
Service Engineer Date
Procedures OK N.A. Fail
 Unpacking, connections, first charge performed. Refer to “Installation” on page 3-1.
 Monitor configured. Refer to “Monitor configuration” on page 4-1.
 Mechanical and electrical checks. Refer to checklist below.
OK = Test OK
Mechanical and electrical checks N.A. = Test not applicable
Fail = Test failed
NIBP Tests Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
“Pneumatic leakage testing” on page 5-5 0 6
“Pressure transducer verification” on page 5-6 Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Pressure reading at 200 mmHg 197 203
“NIBP overpressure verification” on page 5-8 Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Overpressure threshold, Adult (mmHg) 305 325
Overpressure threshold, Neonate (mmHg) 150 165

Check only if neonatal measurement is allowed by
local regulations.
Icons OK N.A. Fail
Inflation icon starts NIBP determination
Pressurization error message displayed on screen
Audible alarm can be silenced
Alarm silence indicator (bell) is lit (in monitoring

mode only)
Selection of the overpressure alarm icon clears

the alarm message.
Alarm message area is functioning

NIBP determination - refer to NIBP in

Actual OK N.A. Fail
CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual
Systolic reading (mmHg)
Diastolic reading (mmHg)
MAP reading (mmHg)
Pulse rate reading (bpm)
MAP reading (mmHg)
MAP reading (mmHg)
“Monitor overpressure verification” on page 5-8 OK N.A. Fail
Pressurization error message displayed on screen
Pump will not start
Overpressure alarm can be cleared
Monitor overpressure verification
Display OK N.A. Fail
Touch screen calibration completed
Touch screen layout and content displayed

correctly
External DC detection OK N.A. Fail
Charging indicator illuminated
Temperature test - Welch Allyn Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Temperature reading at 36.0° C (96.8° F) 35.9° C 36.1° C

(96.6° F) (97.0° F)

(101.1° F) (101.5° F)

(105.6° F) (106.0° F)

Temperature test - Exergen Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Temperature reading of Exergen calibration

instrument
Temperature reading of Exergen scanner being

verified
Difference between temperature reading of ±0.2° C

reference instrument and instrument being (±0.4° F)
verified
SpO2 OK N.A. Fail
Pulse value displayed
Saturation value displayed
Signal strength asterisks
‘---’ displayed on SpO2 display
After an alarm is silenced, an error display remains

(only in monitoring mode)
Printer test OK N.A. Fail
Printout is generated and is legible
Safety testing - Earth leakage Current Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Norm Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 500 µA
Norm Pol, Neut Open, GND Clsd 0 µA 1000 µA
Rev Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 500 µA
Rev Pol, Neut Open, GND Clsd 0 µA 1000 µA
Safety testing, printer - “Enclosure leakage

Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
current (touch current) test” on page 5-20
Norm Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Open 0 µA 500 µA
Rev Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Open 0 µA 500 µA

Safety testing, remote alarm connector frame -

“Enclosure leakage current (touch current) test” Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
on page 5-20
PC USB frame - “Enclosure leakage current

(touch current) test” on page 5-20
SpO2 patient leakage current AC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Norm Pol, Neutral Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 100 µA
Norm Pol, Neutral Open, GND Clsd 0 µA 500 µA
Norm Pol, Neutral Clsd, GND Open 0 µA 500 µA
Rev Pol, Neutral Clsd, GND Open 0 µA 500 µA
Rev Pol, Neutral Open, GND Clsd 0 µA 500 µA
Rev Pol, Neutral Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 100 µA
SpO2 patient leakage current DC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail

Temp patient leakage current AC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Temp patient leakage current DC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
SpO2 patient leakage current

(mains on applied part)
Norm Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 5 mA
Rev Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 5 mA
Temp patient leakage current

(mains on applied part)
Norm Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 5 mA
Rev Pol, Neut Clsd, GND Clsd 0 µA 5 mA
SpO2 patient auxiliary current test AC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail

SpO2 patient auxiliary current test DC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Temp patient auxiliary current test AC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Temp patient auxiliary current test DC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail
Total patient leakage current test AC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail

Total patient leakage current test DC Min Max Actual OK N.A. Fail

6 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting: Overview
Overview
The symptoms and solutions in this chapter represent only a few of the
problems that you may encounter and are not intended to cover every possible
problem that may occur.
A systematic approach to the diagnosis of problems as well as a general

understanding of the architecture, both hardware and software, of the monitor
are essential to ensure successful troubleshooting of a device. GE recommends
formal service training before repairs are attempted. These troubleshooting
procedures combined with training provide the service technician with skills
necessary to service and repair a monitor in the event of a malfunction.
Before starting any detailed troubleshooting, complete a thorough visual

inspection of the following:
 All cable connections secure

 Devices properly powered
 Connected to a proper power source defined in “Product specifications” on
page A-2.
Alarm message interpretation

Physiological and technical error conditions are listed in this section. If any other
system or similar message appears, record the error message and report the
failure to GE Technical Support. Refer to the operator’s manual for information
about patient alarms and general procedural alarms.
System failures
A technical error message is displayed when the monitor has a depleted battery,
or a hardware or software failure. When a system failure is encountered, an
alarm message is displayed on the screen and the error is logged in the error log.
If the power is lost or the monitor was booted, a note is added to the error log.
Alarm conditions
When responding to a monitor alarm, always check the patient first and then
check the monitor, cuff, hose and sensors. Select the alarm message to
acknowledge the alarm condition.

Troubleshooting: Logs
Logs
Error log, productivity metrics and EMR transaction log help out with debugging
or obtaining information on performance. Examine log files to find out
discrepancies or errors. If there is another monitor that operates without
problems, you can try comparing logs of two monitors to determine differences
in settings.
Error log
An error log contains information on errors.
The log is a “rolling” list and minimum of 50 latest error log entries can be found
in Monitor Setup > Service Mode > Maintenance screen. Scroll down to Logging
> Error Log and select View.
You can print an error log with up to 50 error condition entries. In addition, error
log can be exported to PC as instructed in “Backing up and importing/restoring
settings” on page 9-12. The error log is saved until the monitor experiences a
memory loss, then all entries are deleted.
Exporting error logs

1. Connect to the service PC as instructed in “Connecting to the Service PC” on
page 9-6.
2. Copy the *.txt file(s) from the monitor to the PC.
3. Disconnect as instructed in “Disconnecting from the service PC” on page 9-
7.
Productivity metrics
The monitor provides productivity metrics log that can be used to find out for
example the following:
 changes in alarm limit settings

 changes in any alarm priority settings
 changing between spot-check and optional monitoring modes
 triggered alarms and notifications
 connected USB devices
 entering/exiting standby
 entering default setup or service mode
 completion of NIBP measurement
 completion of temperature measurement
 start time and end time of SpO2 measurement

Troubleshooting: Logs
EMR transaction log

The monitor provides an EMR transaction log that includes for example the
following:
 caregiver ID
 time of login and logout
 NTP related messages
 changes in date and time
 transferred data to EMR
Log file samples

Sample of a system.txt file
Sample of log.txt file

Troubleshooting: Alarms and priorities
Alarms and priorities

The following table lists physiological and technical alarm conditions for
CARESCAPE VC150. Some messages are not alarms, but are informational only. If
‘Action’-cell is empty, then the message is informative only.
Physiological alarm conditions
Factory Factory
Alarm condition Alarm limit range
default limit default priority
NIBP Systolic High (adult/pediatric) 35 to 290 or 4.7 - 38.7 kPa 200 mmHg or 26.6 kPa Medium
NIBP Systolic High (neonate) 35 to 140 or 4.7 - 18.7 kPa 100 mmHg or 13.3 kPa
NIBP Systolic Low (adult/pediatric) 30 to 285 or 4.0 - 38.0 kPa 80 mmHg or 10.6 kPa
NIBP Systolic Low (neonate) 30 to 135 or 4.0 - 18.0 kPa 40 mmHg or 5.3 kPa
NIBP Diastolic High (adult/pediatric) 15 to 220 or 2.0 - 29.3 kPa 120 mmHg or 16 kPa
NIBP Diastolic High (neonate) 15 to 110 or 1.0 - 14.7 kPa 60 mmHg or 8 kPa
NIBP Diastolic Low (adult/pediatric) 10 to 215 or 1.3 - 28.7 kPa 30 mmHg or 4 kPa
NIBP Diastolic Low (neonate) 10 to 105 or 1.3 - 14.0 kPa 20 mmHg or 2.6 kPa
MAP high (adult) 25 to 260 or 3.3 - 34.7 kPa Off1 Off1
MAP high (neonate) 25 to 125 or 3.3 - 16.7kPa
MAP low (adult) 20 to 255 or 2.7 - 34.0 kPa
MAP low (neonate) 20 to 120 or 2.7 - 16.0 kPa
SpO2 High 71 to 99 Off Medium
SpO2 Low 70 to 98 90%
Pulse Rate High 35 to 235 150 beats per minute Low
Pulse Rate Low 30 to 230 50 beats per minute

Factory Factory
Perfusion Index High GE TruSignal: Off Off

0.2 to 31.9%
Masimo and Nellcor:

0.2 to 19.0%
Perfusion Index Low GE TruSignal:

0.1 to 31.8%
Masimo and Nellcor:

0.1 to 18.0%
Acoustic Respiration Rate High2 5 to 69 30 breaths per minute Medium

(Masimo)
Acoustic Respiration Rate Low2 4 to 68 6 breaths per minute

(Masimo)
Acoustic Respiration Rate Timeout2 0, 1, 5, 10 or 15 minutes 5 minutes
Respiration Rate High2 (Nellcor) 5 to 40 30 breaths per minute
Respiration Rate Low2 (Nellcor) 4 to 39 6 breaths per minute
Saturation Pattern Detection, SPD2 Off/Most sensitive/ Off

Moderately/Least
SpMet High2 (Masimo) 1.0 to 99.5 3.0
SpMet Low2 (Masimo) 0.1 to 99.0 Off
SpCO High2 (Masimo) 2.0 to 98.0 10.0
SpCO Low2 (Masimo) 1.0 to 97.0 Off
SpHb High2 (Masimo) 2.0 - 24.5 g/dl or 17.0 g/dl or Low

2.0 - 15.0 mmol/l 11.0 mmol/l
SpHb Low2 (Masimo) 1.0 - 23.5 g/dl or 7.0 g/dl or

1.0 - 14.5 mmol/l 4.0 mmol/l
SpOC High2 (Masimo) 2.0 - 34.0 mL O2/dl blood 25.0 O2/dl blood
SpOC Low2 (Masimo) 1.0 - 33.0 O2/dl blood 10.0 O2/dl blood
3D Desaturation Index Multiple selectable - Off

settings, please see SpO2
3D Perfusion Index Delta section for Masimo

Factory Factory
1 MAP alarm can be enabled in Default Setup > Alarm Defaults

2 Licensed feature, availability depends on the OEM measurement module hardware.
To change alarm default settings, refer to Refer to “Alarm limit setup” in CARESCAPE VC150 Operator’s Manual for
instructions.
Technical error conditions

Follow instructions to find out whether a problem is related to the internal
operation of the monitor or to the use of the monitor. If you have performed
requested procedures and problem still persists, contact service. Some error
conditions are not displayed on screen, but just recorded into the error log.
Check monitor error log for entries.
Problem Possible reasons Solution
Computer driver problem. Refer to computer operating

system's troubleshoot.
Incorrect USB connector. Verify that the used cable type is

USB-B
B-USB does not work Faulty USB cable. Try with another USB cable.
Broken Medical USB board. 1. Measure voltages Medical USB

voltages. Refer to “Left side USB
connectors” on page 6-47.
2. If voltages are not OK, replace
Handle Strip Assy.
Barcode scanner does not work Refer to "USB accessory does not work" section of this table.
Printer door open. Close printer door.
Wrong paper type. Check that paper type is correct.
Too many prints in a row. Reboot the monitor.
Dirt inside the printer. Clean the printer insides with

pressurized air.
Cannot print Printer cable detached. Reconnect printer cable.
Printer broken. Replace printer FRU.
Faulty Motherboard. 1. Measure Printer controller

voltages from Motherboard. Refer to
“Printer interface” on page 6-42.
2. If voltages are incorrect, replace
Motherboard.

Power adapter unplugged Plug in the power source.
Faulty power source Replace power adapter.
Battery/charge cable detached or Reattach or replace cables.

broken
Cannot charge battery
Faulty battery 1. Check battery charge, voltage and
current from Service Mode >
Maintenance > Calibration and/or
measure Battery voltages.
2. If voltages are not OK, replace the
battery.
Monitor is placed near distractive Test if the monitor works in different

items. location.
Cables detached or broken. Reattach or replace cables.

Faulty monitor picture or no picture
Broken LCD display. If reattaching/replacing cables does
not fix the problem, replace Front
cover.
Monitor does not shut down Refer to flowchart “Monitor does not shut down” on page 6-36.
Monitor does not start without Refer to flowchart “Monitor does not start without power source” on page 6-
power source 31.
Monitor does not turn on Refer to flowchart “Monitor does not turn on” on page 6-32.
NIBP errors Refer to “NIBP messages” on page 6-25.
Refer to flowchart “SpO2 not available” on page 6-34.

SpO2 errors Refer to GE TruSignal / Masimo / Nellcor section of “Technical error
conditions” on page 6-7.
Welch Allyn:
Refer to flowchart “Welch Allyn temp not available” on page 6-35.
Refer to “Suretemp+ messages” on page 6-27.
Temp errors
Exergen:
Refer to “Exergen messages” on page 6-12"
Refer to "USB accessory does not work" section of this table.
Touch function does not work Refer to flowchart “Touch function does not work” on page 6-33.

Cannot connect to WLAN (searching Ensure that a correct SSID profile is

for WLAN -icon displayed). selected.
Check that SSID profile settings are

correct.
If WPA-EAP with FAST authentication

is in use, go to Service Mode >
Connectivity > Certificates and
delete the default PAC-file (Protected
Authentication Credential –file).
Device will then acquire a new PAC-
file from the access point.
Trouble to access the hospital

network WLAN connection cannot be Proceed to Service Mode >
established (a crossed over WLAN Connectivity. Under WLAN, select
(Before starting any detailed network icon displayed). Apply to connect to the preferred
troubleshooting, make sure that the SSID profile.
used wireless access point is
properly configured and that it Refer to Service Mode >
allows incoming connections from Connectivity > WLAN Diagnostics
the CARESCAPE VC150. Make sure for more information.
the hospital information system is
accessible through the used access
Cannot send patient data to HIS. Check the Server Address and
point).
Outbound Port from Service Mode >
Connectivity > EMR Outbound
Ensure that time and date settings
Configuration.
are correct. Certificates may not
work as intended if these settings are Measured values / OBX segments Proceed to the Hospital EMR
incorrect. not included in the EMR transactions. encoding section in Service Mode >
Connectivity. Ensure that all
See also related host messages parameters are properly configured
under Module specific messages or left as defaults.
NOTE
NOTE When the service user changes
When debugging WLAN/EMR, do format for a parameter, every other
not use real patient information! parameter will be ignored when
measurement data is sent to EMR.
Service user must remember to
change the encoding for every
parameter that needs to be sent.
Refer to “Hospital EMR encoding” on
page 4-46.
Cannot search for patient Check the Server Address and

information. Outbound Port from Service Mode >
Connectivity > PDQ Query
Configuration.
Cannot verify the caregiver. Check the Server Address and

Outbound Port from Service Mode >
Connectivity > Caregiver.

USB device not supported Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user

manual for supported USB devices.
USB device broken Try with another USB device.
USB device not recognized Reattach the USB device.
USB board cable or USB board 1. Test if the device works in another
broken USB port.
2. Measure USB signals from the
back panel USB connectors and the
USB accessory does not work
test points on the USB board. Refer to
“Back panel USBs” on page 6-48.
4. If measurements indicates error
and device does not work in another
USB port, replace cable between the
USB board and the Motherboard
5. If the previous step does not fix the
problem, replace USB board
6. If still not fixed, replace the
motherboard.

Module specific messages

GE TruSignal
GE TruSignal V2 messages
SpO2 parameter
Notification area box Error Log Message / Description Service User Action
(GE TruSignal V2)
Measurement conditions
SpO2 Bad Bad Placement Poor sensor placement. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user
Placement manual for correct
CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.
If the problem persists, after

essential service procedures,
replace the sensor.
SpO2 No Sensor No Sensor Sensor disconnected. Check sensor / extension cable

Connected Connected connection. Try with a different
sensor.
If the problem persists, replace

2067981-017 VC150 FRU SpO2 GE
accessories.
SpO2 Faulty Faulty probe Sensor Failure. Reboot the monitor. Replace the
probe sensor.
Refer to logs for details.
SpO2 Low signal Low signal Low signal quality. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user
quality quality manual for correct
CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
SpO2 Sensor Off Sensor Off Sensor off patient. determination.
Patient Patient
SpO2 Pulse Pulse Search Waiting the algorithm to provide a
Search valid SpO2 value.
replace the sensor.
SpO2 Measurement Data update period has exceeded Reposition the sensor. Replace the
Measurement Delayed 30 seconds. sensor if the problem persists.
Delayed Reboot the monitor. If the problem
persists, contact the manufacturer.
Hardware codes
SpO2 Not Not Available Refer to Error Log for details. Check isolation and flex connector
Available contacts. Check operating voltages
from Isolation board. Refer to
“Isolation interface” on page 6-45.

Exergen messages
Exergen messages
TEMP parameter External Thermometry
Notification area Service User Action
box Measurement status
Not displayed on Internal Error Replace the Exergen scanner.

screen
Temp Battery Battery Low Battery Low Error Replace the Exergen battery as instructed in
Low “Changing the Exergen temperature unit
battery” on page 7-70.
Temp Battery Battery Empty Battery Fatal Error
Empty
Temp Measurement High Target Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual for
Measurement Too High correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
Too High determination.
Temp Measurement Low Target If the problem persists after essential service
Measurement Too Low procedures, replace the Exergen hand held
Too Low device.
Temp Ambient Ambient high High Ambient
high
Temp Ambient Ambient low Low Ambient

low
Exergen troubleshooting
Problem Possible reason Solution
Exergen temperature scanner  Loose connection to USB port. If the scanner appears to be working
appears to work properly, but does  Scanner battery cover not properly, but will not communicate
not communicate with the monitor. secured. with the monitor:
1. Verify that the connector is
 Loss of electrical contact
properly connected.
between the scanner and the
2. Verify that the scanner battery
monitor (e.g., corrosion on the
cover is secured.
connector inside the scanner).
If there is still no communication with
 The monitor is not configured to the monitor:
interface with an Exergen 1. Plug and unplug the connector
scanner. several times.
2. Unplug the monitor and remove
the battery.
3. Rub off any corrosion on the
connector inside the scanner.
4. Check if the monitor is configured
to interface with an Exergen
scanner.

Host messages
Notification area Description Module Service User Action
Host software alarms
SpO2 Not Available Oximetry OEM module initialization SYSTEM Check the system and module
(Not Available in the not finished within 30 seconds after version are compatible. Reboot the
SpO2 parameter box) the application start up. unit.
Refer to Error Log for details. If the problem persists, refer to

flowchart “SpO2 not available” on
page 6-34 and to module specific
messages and user actions.
Temp Not Available Thermometry OEM module SYSTEM Check the system and module
(Not Available in the initialization not finished within 30 version are compatible. Reboot the
thermometry seconds after the application start unit.
parameter box) up.
If the problem persists, refer to
Refer to Error Log for details. flowchart “Welch Allyn temp not
available” on page 6-35 and to
module specific messages and user
actions.
NIBP Not Available NIBP OEM module initialization not SYSTEM Check the system and module
(Not Available in the finished within 30 seconds after the version compatibility. Reboot the
NIBP parameter box) application start up. unit. Refer to the module specific
messages and user actions.
Refer to Error Log for details.
2067981-008 VC150 FRU NIBP
module.
Battery Low Blue, low priority alarm indicates that BATTERY If the alarm occurs earlier than
the battery level is low and expected, check the battery type. If
approximately 10 NIBP the type is wrong or the problem still
measurements can be taken. persists, drain the battery, clear the
battery monitoring algorithm and
Red, high priority alarm indicates charge cycle the battery to adapt the
that the battery level is low and the algorithm.
monitor will shut down within 5
minutes. If problem still persist replace
2067981-027 VC150 FRU Battery.

Host software notifications
System did not shut The application did not close cleanly SYSTEM If the problem persists frequently,
down correctly before the latest restart, e.g. remove the monitor from clinical
depleted battery use.
Refer to Productivity Metrics for

details.
Patient ID required Attempted to send an EMR record EMR Check connectivity settings and
without a valid patient ID. Authentication method settings.
Patient ID requires Validated patient ID is required for EMR Check connectivity settings and
validation sending an EMR record, but the Authentication method settings.
patient ID is not validated.
Caregiver ID required Attempted to send an EMR record EMR Check connectivity settings and
without a valid caregiver ID. Authentication method settings.
Caregiver ID requires Validated caregiver ID is required for EMR Check connectivity settings and
validation sending an EMR record, but the Authentication method settings.
caregiver ID is not validated.
Invalid EMR Encoding Hospital specific EMR settings are EMR Check settings of the local history
not valid. and EMR.
Send to EMR failed Sending an EMR record failed due to EMR Check EMR settings or WLAN range.
network or other error.
Refer to EMR Log for details.
Invalid SSL Authenticating Patient Data Query EMR Check SSL settings, ensure the
configuration failed due to an SSL error. certificate is valid and up-to-date.
Authenticating caregiver ID failed

due to an SSL error.
Sending measurement data failed

due to an SSL error.
Refer to Logs for details.

Cannot connect to Authenticating Patient Data Query EMR Check connectivity settings and
remote server failed due to connection error to Authentication method settings.
remote host.
Authenticating caregiver ID failed EMR

due to connection error to remote
host.
Server cannot be reached. LDAP  Check network connection

 Refer to Error log.
Invalid LDAP Search Filter (if LDAP LDAP Refer to Error log.
Search method is selected)
Invalid LDAP Search Base (if LDAP LDAP Refer to Error log.
Search method is selected)
Invalid LDAP Superuser or password LDAP Refer to Error log.

(if LDAP Search method is selected)
PM expired N days ago Preventive maintenance date SYSTEM Perform the preventive maintenace
passed N days ago. as instructed in “Preventive
maintenance checklist” on page 9-3.
PM in N days Preventive maintenance date will SYSTEM Make sure the needed FRU's are
pass after N days. available when the preventative
maintenance is due.
Local History Storing patient data to Local History LOCAL If storage notifications are not
Unavailable database failed, possibly because HISTORY reported the storage problem is
the storage space is full. most likely due to mass storage
device wear or system memory
Refer to Error Log for details. exhaust due to excess amount of
entries in the local history. Send or
export the patient data and reboot
the unit in order to free the
resources.
If the problem persists frequently,

remove the monitor from clinical
use.

Local History Unit Storing a physiological LOCAL Check the unit settings on Exergen
Error measurement to the Local History HISTORY temporal scanner or SureTemp+
database failed because the unit of module, NIBP module and for SpHb if
measurement has changed, only enabled.
allow one unit per type of
measurement in the DB.
Refer to Logs for details.
Local History Reset Local History database is reset. LOCAL Informative message, no action
HISTORY needed. Appears when Local history
is removed from Service Mode.
Failed to update time Updating the system time from NTP TIME Check connectivity settings, WLAN
server failed, possibly because of a settings and NTP server settings.
network error.
Password has been Setup password has been changed. SECURITY Informative message, no action
changed needed. Appears when Default
Setup or Service Setup password
has been changed.
Passwords do not Changing setup password failed SECURITY If the password is correct for sure, try
match because the given passwords do not the default one in case the
match. passwords has been accidentally
reset. Try accessing the service
settings through the remote
management and check the
localization settings and import
known settings.
System will restart The user has entered Default Setup SECURITY If the message is encountered
after setting changes or Service mode and the monitor will unexpectedly, reboot the monitor.
restart if settings are changed.
Patient will be User is about to change the system SECURITY If the message is encountered
discharged if time is time, warn about discharging patient unexpectedly, reboot the monitor.
changed if the system time changes.
Audio not available Audio cannot be played through the SYSTEM If the message is encountered
speaker inside the enclosure, unexpectedly, reboot the monitor.
possibly because of a hardware
problem.

USB not available All functionality that relies on USB SYSTEM If the message is encountered
communication is unavailable, unexpectedly, reboot the monitor.
possibly because of a hardware
problem. If the problem persists, replace the
USB board and/or the motherboard.
USB <port number> Connected USB device doesn't SYSTEM Replace the USB device.
overcurrent operate as it is drawing excessive
amount of power. If the problem persists, replace the
USB board and/or the motherboard.
Settings changed After importing new settings SYSTEM Informative message, no actions
remotely, medium priority alarm required. If problem persists, refer to
signaled in the first start-up. “Troubleshooting flow charts” on
page 6-31.
Storage 75% full Permanent storage partition volume STORAGE  Disable DCS feature and remove
is nearly full. local history. Refer to NIBP DCS
Data in “Logging” on page 4-18
and “Clearing local history” on
page 4-61.
Storage 90% full Permanent storage partition volume STORAGE
 Export logs and DCS files to free
is nearly full.
up storage space. Refer to
VC150 Operator Manual
KO00065, section “Snapshot”
and “Exporting error logs” on
page 6-3.
Storage 100% full Permanent storage partition volume STORAGE  Disable DCS feature. Refer to
is full. NIBP DCS Data in “Logging” on
page 4-18.
 Delete DCS data. Refer to NIBP
DCS Data in “Logging” on
page 4-18.
 Remove local history. Refer to
NIBP DCS Data in “Clearing local
history” on page 4-61.
 If problem persists, remove the
monitor from clinical use and
return it to the manufacturer.
Printer Temperature Printer temperature is too high. PRINTER Open the printer door and let the
printer cool down for 5 minutes. If
problem persists, refer to the
“Cannot print” section of the
“Technical error conditions” on
page 6-7.
If the problem still persists, replace

printer.

Printer out of paper Printer is out of paper. PRINTER Add paper to the printer. If problem
persists, refer to the “Cannot print”
section of the “Technical error
conditions” on page 6-7.

printer.
Printer error Printer has encountered an error. PRINTER Reboot the monitor. Check that the
printer paper is in place and do a test
print. Service Mode > Maintenance
> Logging > Print Last 50 Errors.

printer.
Internal bus MSP communication is interrupted. SYSTEM Shut down the monitor. Unplug the
communication error Displayed also as a full screen battery connector. Wait 10 seconds
Please contact service message. and then reattach the battery.
Charge battery for four hours and
Refer to Error Log for details. then start the monitor.

motherboard.
Battery not connected Displayed only as a full screen SYSTEM Refer to flowchart “Monitor does not
message when battery is detached start without power source” on
or broken. page 6-31.
Invalid Identification Incorrect ID due to missing or SYSTEM Make sure the used identification
incomplete ID or missing password. parameters are valid.
Caregiver Authentication of the caregiver failed SYSTEM Make sure the used identification
authentication failed due to wrong/invalid password or parameters are valid.
unknown user name.
Programming Message is displayed when the SYSTEM Informative message, no action

programming is allowed and required.
external programming dongle is
plugged in to the SpO2 connector.
Programming Message indicates that the SpO2 SYSTEM Informative message, no action
Complete programming is complete. required.

Programming Not Message is displayed when external SYSTEM Set the Programming Allowed
Allowed programming dongle is plugged in parameter to Yes from the Service
the SpO2 connector, but the Mode > Measurement Settings
Programming Allowed parameter is
not changed to Yes
Programming Failed Message indicates that the SYSTEM Set the Programming Allowed
programming has failed. This can parameter to Yes from the Service
happen e.g. if the programming Mode > Measurement Settings
dongle is detached from the SpO2
connector during the programming. Connect the programming dongle to
the SpO2 connector and do not
Refer to “Masimo messages” on detach it during the programming.
page 6-20

Masimo messages
Parameter box
Notification area Description Service User Action
(Masimo)
RRa Faulty Probe Faulty Probe in RRa Defective sensor or Replace the sensor.
parameter box adhesive sensor
RRa Incompatible Incompatible Cable Incompatible cable Replace the cable.

Cable in RRa parameter
box
RRa Incompatible Incompatible Incompatible sensor or Replace the sensor.

Sensor Sensor in RRa adhesive sensor
parameter box
RRa Interference Interference Patient interference Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Detected Detected in RRa detected for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
parameter box determination.
If the problem persists after essential

service procedures, replace the sensor.
RRa No Cable No Cable No cable connected Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Connected Connected in RRa for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign

RRa No Sensor No Sensor No sensor or adhesive Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Connected Connected in RRa sensor connected for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign

RRa Not Available Not Available in Refer to Error log for Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
RRa parameter box details. for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.

service procedures, replace the cable.
RRa Replace Cable Replace Cable in  Unrecognized or Replace the cable.

RRa parameter box defective cable
 Cable life expired
Refer to Productivity
Metrics for details.

Parameter box
(Masimo)
RRa Replace Sensor Replace Sensor in  Sensor or adhesive Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
RRa parameter box sensor life expired for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
 Unrecognized sensor determination.
Refer to Error Log for If the problem persists after essential

details. service procedures, replace the sensor.
RRa Sensor Off Sensor Off Patient Sensor is off patient Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Patient in RRa parameter for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
box determination.

SpHb Not Available N/A Sensor lifetime expired Replace the SpHb sensor.
SpO2 Demo Mode Demo Mode in SpO2 Demo mode. Replace 2067981-013 FRU VC150 SpO2
parameter box Masimo Assy.
Refer to Error Log for
details.
SpO2 Faulty Cable Faulty Cable in  Defective cable Replace the cable.
SpO2 parameter box  Sensor/cable fault
SpO2 Faulty Probe Faulty Probe in Defective sensor or Replace the sensor.
SpO2 parameter box adhesive sensor
SpO2 Incompatible Incompatible Cable Incompatible cable Replace the cable.

Cable in SpO2 parameter
box
SpO2 Incompatible Incompatible Incompatible sensor or Replace the sensor.

Sensor Sensor in SpO2 adhesive sensor
parameter box
SpO2 Interference Interference Interference detected. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Detected Detected in SpO2 for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign

SpO2 No Cable No Cable No cable connected Check the sensor and patient cable
Connected Connected in SpO2 connection. Try with a different sensor.
parameter box
2067981-016 VC150 FRU SpO2 Masimo
accessories.

Parameter box
(Masimo)
SpO2 No Sensor No Sensor No sensor or adhesive Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Connected Connected in SpO2 sensor connected for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
Metrics for details. Check the sensor and patient cable
connection. Try with a different sensor.

2067981-016 VC150 FRU SpO2 Masimo
accessories.
SpO2 Not Available Not Available in Refer to Error log for If a replacement SpO2 module was
SpO2 parameter box details. installed, update the monitor software
to the latest version. Refer to “Software
upgrade” on page 10-2.
Check the SpO2 flex cable.
Check isolation board. refer to “Confirm

that test results are recorded on the
“Installation and checkout form,
CARESCAPE VC150” on page 5-30.” on
page 5-17.

2067981-013 FRU VC150 SpO2 Masimo
Assy or 2067981-021 VC150 FRU
Isolation Board Assy.
SpO2 - SpO2 Only - SpO2 Only Mode in SpO2 only -mode. OEM manufacturer specific mode,
Mode SpO2 parameter box contact OEM manufacturer support
Refer to Productivity organisation.
SpO2 Perfusion Low Perfusion Low in Low perfusion index. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
SpO2 parameter box for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.

Programming Failed N/A  Application error Refer to “Host messages” on page 6-13.
 Communication error
 FLASH error Check power supply and replace if
 Programming timeout, necessary. Check the upgrade tool
issued by the driver. compability, MX-5 board type and MX-5
board mode.
Refer to Error log for
details. If the problem persists, replace
2067981-013 FRU VC150 SpO2 Masimo
Assy.

Parameter box
(Masimo)
SpO2 Pulse Search Pulse Search in Pulse search. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
SpO2 parameter box for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.

SpO2 Replace Cable Replace Cable in  Cable life expired Replace the cable.
SpO2 parameter box  Unrecognized cable
SpO2 Replace Sensor Replace Sensor in  Unrecognized sensor Replace the sensor.
SpO2 parameter box or adhesive sensor
 Sensor or adhesive
sensor life expired
SpO2 Sensor Off Sensor Off Patient Sensor is off patient Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Patient in SpO2 parameter for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
box determination.

Time remaining on N/A Shows the remaining No action required. After specified time
SpHb sensor lifetime of the SpHb replace the sensor.
sensor.
SpO2 Measurement Reposition the sensor. Replace the

Measurement • Data update period
Delayed sensor if the problem persists.
Delayed has exceeded 30
Reboot the monitor. If the problem
seconds.

Nellcor messages
SpO2 parameter Possible cause /

box (Nellcor) Description
Module Error Codes
SpO2 Not Available Not Available Module malfunction If a replacement SpO2 module was
installed, update the monitor software
Refer to Error Log for to the latest version. Refer to “Software
details. upgrade” on page 10-2.
If problem persists, replace 2067981-

015 VC150 FRU SpO2 Nellcor Assy.
SpO2 Faulty probe Faulty probe Defective or incompative Replace the sensor.
sensor
2067981-015 VC150 FRU SpO2 Nellcor
Assy
Measurement conditions
SpO2 No Sensor No Sensor Refer to Productivity Check sensor / extensive cable

Connected Connected Metrics for details. connection. Try with different sensor.

2067981-018 VC150 FRU SpO2 Nellcor
accessories.
SpO2 Interference Interference Refer to Productivity Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Detected Detected Metrics for details. for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.
If the problem persists, after essential

SpO2 Sensor Off Sensor Off Patient Refer to Productivity Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Patient Metrics for details. for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.

SpO2 Pulse Search Pulse Search Refer to Productivity Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Metrics for details. for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.


SpO2 parameter Possible cause /

box (Nellcor) Description
SpO2 Pulse Timeout Pulse Timeout Refer to Productivity Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Metrics for details. for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital sign
determination.

SpO2 Measurement Reposition the sensor. Replace the

Measurement • Data update period
Delayed sensor if the problem persists.
Delayed has exceeded 30
Reboot the monitor. If the problem
seconds.
NIBP messages
NIBP parameter Possible cause(s) /

box Description
Fatal Codes
NIBP Not Available Not Available Refer to Error Log for Refer to essential service procedures.
details.
2067981-008 VC150 FRU NIBP module.
NIBP No No Determination  Determination failed Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual

Determination  Maximum allowed for correct NIBP accessory usage and
time reached for a vital sign measurement procedures.
single determination.
If the problem persists, replace NIBP Cuff
Refer to Productivity and hose.
Metrics and Error Log
for details.
NIBP Pneumatic leak Pneumatic leak Pump-up timeout, Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
possible pneumatic leak for correct hose and cuff placement.
Check NIBP connector for possible leaks.

Replace 2067981-019 VC150 FRU NIBP
Connector Assy
Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 disassembly

section and check internal housing for
possible connection failures.
2067981-005 VC150 FRU NIBP Pump
Assy

NIBP parameter Possible cause(s) /

box Description
NIBP Overpressure Overpressure Overpressure Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual

for correct hose and cuff placement.
When a determination is Check NIBP connector for possible block.
not in progress, the
overpressure alarm will Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 disassembly
rise if the cuff pressure section and check internal housing for
remains above 10 mmHg possible air blocks.
for over 20 seconds,
when using adult cuff If the problem persists, replace
and hose. 2067981-005 VC150 FRU NIBP Pump
Assy.
NIBP Unable to Zero Unable to Zero Pressure too great Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
between measurements for correct NIBP accessory usage and
vital sign measurement procedures.
If the problem persists, replace Cuff and

hose.
NIBP Level Timeout Level Timeout Maximum allowed time Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
of 1 minute reached for a for correct hose and cuff placement.
single cuff pressure.
If the problem persists, replace Cuff and
Refer to Productivity hose. If problem still persists, replace
Metrics and Error Log 2067981-008 VC150 FRU NIBP module.
for details.
NIBP Total Timeout Total Timeout Length of determination Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
has exceeded 2 minutes for correct hose and cuff placement.
for an adult/pediatric, or
85 seconds for a If the problem persists, replace Cuff and
neonatal hose. If problem still persists, replace
determination. 2067981-008 VC150 FRU NIBP module.

Suretemp+ messages
Welch Allyn (WA) Suretemp+ messages

TEMP parameter
Notification area Error Log Message Service User Action
box
Temp Ambient Ambient High Ambient temperature too high. Check internal temperature of the
High probe well. Verify ambient
temperature does not exceed
Temp Ambient Ambient Low Ambient temperature too low. operating specifications.
Low
Temp Faulty Faulty Probe Refer to Productivity Metrics and Try another predict cycle. If the
Probe Error Log for details. problem persists, replace the
probe.

the WA module.
Temp Interference Battery or power-supply voltage Verify that supply voltage conforms
Interference Detected exceeds algorithm maximum value. to specifications.
Detected
Refer to Productivity Metrics and
Error Log for details.
Measurement above or below Replace temperature probe. If

allowable Patient or environmental problem still persists replace the
temperature. WA module.

Temp Measurement Measured temperature too high. Check the patient’s condition. Refer
Measurement Too High to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Too High for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital
sign determination.
If the problem persists after

replace the WA module.
Temp Measurement Measured temperature too low. Check the patient’s condition. Refer
Measurement Too Low to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
Too Low
for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital
sign determination.

replace the WA module.


TEMP parameter
box
Temp No No A predictive measurement could not Check the patient’s condition. Refer
Determination Determination be completed. to CARESCAPE VC150 user manual
for correct CARESCAPE VC150 vital
Error Log for details. sign determination.

replace the probe.
Temp No Sensor No Sensor Sensor disconnected. Reconnect the probe. Reboot.

Connected Connected
If the problem persists, replace the
probe.
Temp Not Not Available Refer to Error Log for details. Reboot the monitor. Verify that
Available supply voltage is correct.
If a message in Productivity Metrics

indicates a component which has
failed, replace the indicated
component.
Otherwise, if the problem persists,

replace 2067981-024 VC150 FRU
Welch Allyn Frame Assy.
Temp Probe Too Probe Too Hot Temperature conditions are such Correct probe tip conditions.
Hot that the probe is located above If the problem persists, replace the
112F/43.3C. probe. If the problem still persists,
replace the module.
Temp Probe Well Probe Well Probe well missing or not installed Reattach the probe well and reboot
Missing Missing properly. the monitor. If the problem persists,
replace 2067981-024 VC150 FRU
Welch Allyn Frame Assy.


TEMP parameter
box
Temp Replace Replace Sensor Probe not characterized/calibrated. Replace temperature probe.
Sensor
EEPROM-failure Verify that supply voltage is correct.

Try again to calibrate. If the
Refer to Productivity Metrics and problem persists, replace the WA
Error Log for details. module.
Temp Sensor Off Sensor Off Probe is off patient or poorly placed. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150 user
Patient Patient manual for correct probe
placement.

replace the temperature probe.
Exergen-specific error codes

If the scanner is unable to take a temperature determination, or has a low
battery, the monitor will display the error condition and generate an audible
alarm. The scanner may also display additional indicators on the touch screen
display.
Exergen specific error

Condition Description
codes
HI High Target > 43° C (110° F)
LO Low Target < 16° C (61° F)
HI A High Ambient > 40° C (104° F)
LO A Low Ambient < 16° C (60° F)
bAtt Low Battery Replace battery soon.
(blank display) Dead Battery Replace battery.
Err Processing Error Restart scanner. If unit is defective, it will have to be returned. Contact
GE Technical Support.

Battery low
When battery charge for at least 10 NIBP measurements remains
 Battery icon will change to red when low priority battery alarm is triggered.
 The monitor continues to operate normally.
 A low priority alarm is displayed.
 An orange LED is displayed above the On/Off-button.
NOTE
It is strongly recommended that you plug the monitor into external DC
power when the low battery alarm is active.
When battery charge for 5 minutes or less of unit operation time remains
 A red battery indicator is displayed on the screen and an orange LED above
the On/Off-button starts to blink slowly.
 A high priority alarm message is displayed in the notification area.
 The user is not able to initiate:
 any new NIBP determinations of any type
 any printouts
NOTE
Monitor cannot be restarted when battery charge is critically low. This
means that if a high priority Low battery alarm is active and monitor is shut
down, it cannot be restarted before the charger is plugged in. This is to
protect the battery pack.

Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting flow charts
Troubleshooting flow charts

Monitor does not start without power source
0RQLWRUGRHVQRWVWDUWZLWKRXWSRZHUVRXUFH
6HUYLFHPRGH!
0DLQWHQDQFHEDWWHU\ 12
FKDUJHYROWDJHDQG
FXUUHQWRN"
<(6
%DWWHU\SK\VLFDOO\LQ 12
JRRGFRQGLWLRQ"
<(6
%DWWHU\FRQQHFWLRQRN" 5HSODFHWKHEDWWHU\

12
<(6
0HDVXUHGEDWWHU\YROWDJH 12
FRUUHFW"
<(6
5HDWWDFKEDWWHU\
FRQQHFWRU
)XVH)RQWKHPRWKHU 5HSODFH)IXVHHTXLYDOHQW
12
ERDUGRN" WR7$
<(6
0HDVXUHGPRWKHUERDUG
12 5HSODFHWKHFKDUJHUFDEOH
EDWWHU\YROWDJHFRUUHFW"
<(6
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer to “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.

2. Refer to “Fuse replacement” on page 6-38.
3. Refer to “Motherboard voltages” on page 6-40.
4. Refer to “Field replaceable units (FRUs)” on page 7-1 to find out an order
code for replacement part.

Monitor does not turn on

6WDUWXSIDLOXUH
'RHVWKHSRZHUOHGWXUQ
RQZKHQWKHSRZHU 12
EXWWRQLVSUHVVHG"
0HDVXUHSRZHU
<(6 PHPEUDQH
3RZHUEXWWRQ
PDOIXQFWLRQLQJ"
%ODQNVFUHHQ"
<(6 <(6
5HDWWDFKWKHGLVSOD\ 12
FDEOHV
0RQLWRU2."
5HSODFHWKHKDQGOHVWULS
12 DVV\
0HDVXUH/&'
5HSODFHWKH
EDFNOLJKW
PRWKHU 12
YROWDJHV
ERDUG
9ROWDJHVRN"
<(6
5HSODFHWKHGLVSOD\FDEOH
0RQLWRU2."
12
<(6
5HSODFHWKHIURQWFRYHU
0RQLWRU2."
12
5HSODFHWKHPRWKHUERDUG
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer to “Power membrane” on page 6-42.

2. Refer to “Monitor disassembly” on page 7-23.
3. Refer to “LCD backlight” on page 6-49.

Touch function does not work

7RXFKIXQFWLRQGRHVQRWZRUN
5HERRWDQGUHFDOLEUDWH
2."
12
7RXFKIOH[QRWFRQQHFWHGRU
FRQQHFWHGLPSURSHUO\"
12
0HDVXUHYROWDJHVIURPWKH
WRXFKFRQQHFWRURQWKH <(6
5HSODFHWKHPRWKHU
<(6 PRWKHUERDUGZKLOHWRXFKLQJ
ERDUG
WKHGLVSOD\
9DOXHV2."
12
5HSODFHWKHIURQW
FRYHU
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer to “Touch panel interface” on page 6-50.


SpO2 not available

6S2QRWDYDLODEOH
:HOFK$OO\QRSHUDWHV2."
12127,167$//('
&KHFNFDEOHEHWZHHQ
WKHLVRODWLRQERDUGDQG
12
WKHPRWKHUERDUG
&DEOH2." <(6
0HDVXUHYROWDJHVRQ
<(6 WKHLVRODWLRQERDUG
5HSODFHWKH 9ROWDJHVRN"
LVRODWLRQERDUG
FDEOH
12
5HSODFHWKH6S2
PRGXOH
5HSODFHWKH
LVRODWLRQERDUG
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer to “Isolation interface” on page 6-45.


Welch Allyn temp not available

7HPSQRWDYDLODEOH
:HOFK$OO\QFDEOH
6S2ZRUNV" <(6
FRQQHFWHG2."
12127,167$//('
&KHFNFDEOHEHWZHHQ
WKHLVRODWLRQERDUGDQG
12
WKHPRWKHUERDUG
&DEOH2." <(6
5HSODFHWKH
LVRODWLRQERDUG
FDEOH
0HDVXUHYROWDJHVRQ
<(6 WKHLVRODWLRQERDUG
9ROWDJHVRN"
12
5HSODFHWKH:HOFK
12
$OO\QPRGXOH
5HSODFHWKH
LVRODWLRQERDUG
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer “Isolation interface” on page 6-45.

code for replacement part.!

Monitor does not shut down

7KHPRQLWRUGRHVQRWVKXWGRZQ
3UHVVDQGKROG5HVHW
EXWWRQ
3UREOHPVROYHG"
12
8QSOXJPDLQVSRZHUUHPRYH
WKHEDWWHU\7KHQUHDWWDFK
EDWWHU\DQGSOXJLQWKHPDLQV
SRZHU6WDUWXSWKHPRQLWRU
$IWHUSUHYLRXVSURFHGXUHVFDQ
WKHPRQLWRUFDQEHVKXWGRZQ
SURSHUO\"
12
<(6
0HDVXUHWKHSRZHU
5HSODFHWKHPRWKHU
<(6 PHPEUDQH
ERDUG
3RZHUEXWWRQRN"
12
5HSODFHWKH
KDQGOHVWULS
3UREOHPVROYHG
1. Refer “Power membrane” on page 6-42.

2. Refer “Field replaceable units (FRUs)” on page 7-1 to find out an order code
for replacement part.

Troubleshooting: Other troubleshooting topics
Other troubleshooting topics

Measurements not saved into local history
If measurements are not saved into the local history, the local history may not
have been cleared after changing the unit of measurement. Refer to “Clearing
local history” on page 4-61.
Fuses
The monitor contains replaceable T3.5A blow-up fuses F3 on the motherboard
and F1 on the USB board. The fuses protect the low voltage DC input and the
battery. A FRU kit “VC150 FRU Cables” contains two T3.5A fuses. A FRU kit “VC150
FRU Fuses” contains 20 pieces of T3.5A fuses.
Motherboard
F3

USB board
F1
The battery
The battery packet contains irreplaceable overcurrent and temperature
protectors. A battery protection management protects battery cells from
excessive discharge.
Fuse replacement
1. Disconnect power cable.
2. Disconnect battery instructed in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
3. Use pliers to remove the fuse.

4. Push down the new fuse without pliers.
5. Connect battery instructed in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.

6. Connect power cable.
Problem with remote service software update

If there are problems with software update over the remote service, check the
following:
 network key rotation internal is 3600 or higher

 WLAN field strength is not too weak.

Board tests
NOTE
These are not routine operations and should be performed only when
troubleshooting the device.
Check the tables below for typical voltages. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to
measure voltages. If measured voltage is different from the values in the tables,
refer to “Troubleshooting” on page 6-1 to figure out the problem. If there is no
reason provided, then the board is faulty and must be replaced.
Motherboard voltages
The CARESCAPE VC150 motherboard design includes several voltages and
power supply points. As all negative poles are connected to common ground
(GND), there are no negative voltages. The battery and/or battery charger act as
the main power supply for CARESCAPE VC150 and the source for all voltages on
the monitor. The battery voltage is lower when the battery charge level is
partially used up. The voltage is higher during charging.
Power Management IC D30 generates five voltages for the main processor, the
memory circuits (flash and RAM memories), part of the WLAN, and the audio
circuit power supply. The starting order of the voltages is very important for the
main processor.
Motherboard
Test point/connector
Area (top) Voltage
pin
Main voltages TP11 +3.3Vdc (should be

+3.2 to +3.4 Vdc)
TP10 +5Vdc (should be

+4.9 to +5.5 Vdc)
Charger input TP 88, TP 89 or TP 90 +24V
Battery voltage TP92 or TP93 (check +10.8V or +11.1V

these first). (nominal voltage for the
TP22 battery)
If the voltage at TP22 is
different than TP92 or
TP93 voltage, check
fuse F3.
Charger circuit TP7 VSYS if charger power

is connected: +24Vdc
VSYS if charger power
not connected: the
battery voltage.

Motherboard
Area (top) Voltage
pin
Power Management IC Input voltage for power +5Vdc

D30 management IC D30
VDD1.8: TP43 +1.8Vdc, 0.9V

VDD3.3: TP46 +3.14 to +3.47Vdc
VDD1.2: TP42 +1.15 to +1.24Vdc
VDDPLL: TP45 +1.71 to +1.89Vdc
VDD3.3USB: TP44 +3.14 to +3.47Vdc
TP36 +5V_Continuous
TP100 +3.3V_Continuous
TP66 +5.5 to +6.5Vdc
TP12 +10.8 to +13.2Vdc
GND TP10 GND

TP7 TP88, 89, 90
TP91
TP100
TP94 TP46
TP36 TP92, 93
TP43
TP22 GND TP42
TP11 TP45
TP66
GND
GND
TP44
TP12
GND
GND

Power membrane
Power membrane is connected to the motherboard.
Power membrane
Area Test point Voltage
Supply voltage TP100 +3.3V ±0.1V
Motherboard: When an LED is lit, the

Mains LED TP123 voltage is < 1V. If the
Low Bat LED TP125 LED is not lit, the
Bat OK LED TP124 voltage is +3.3V (±0.1V).
Power ON LED TP126 If voltage is < 1V, but
LED does not light up,
then the power strip or
the connector has
broken or there is a bad
connection.
Power Button TP127 +3.3V when the button

is not pressed
0V when the button is
pressed
Printer interface
Printer lines are mostly direct lines between a supplementary controller and the
printer unit. Line signals are digital and periodical pulses. Some voltages can be
checked with DMM.
Printer interface
Area Test point Voltage
Motherboard Connector J10, pin #9 +3.3V

and pin #22
Connector J10 pins GND

#11, #12, #14, #15, #19
and #20

NIBP interface
The NIBP connection has 2 serial buses (4 lines), boot enable and reset lines with
digital and periodical line signals. If you do not find signals at test points on the
NIBP board, the cable has broken or there is a bad connection.
Main processor of the motherboard provides power for the NIBP board. Default
state is enabled.
NIBP interface
Area Test point/pin Voltage
NIBP pump voltage Motherboard: TP66 +6Vdc

NIBP board: TST4
Motherboard: TP116 +3.3Vdc

NIBP board: TST5
Motherboard: TP117 +5Vdc

NIBP board: TST6
NIBP VBAT voltage NIBP board: TST11 +5V
Internal voltages on TST13 3V3REF (3.3Vdc)

NIBP board
TST25 3V3SEC (3.3Vdc)
TST23 PTV (5Vdc)
TST7 GND
Driving signal V32 pin 1 0V when power is

NIBP_PWR_ENA of the enabled.
main processor
TST21 TST4 TST11

TST18 TST8
TST9
TST10
TST13 TST19
TST6 TST25
TST23 TST2
TST20 TST17 TST24

TST22 TST1
TST5 TST3 TST14
TST7

If you want to measure line resistance between test points on the motherboard
and NIBP board, perform the following:
1. Remove the monitor from charger power.

2. Remove the battery as instructed in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
3. Measure resistance.
Resistance
Test point on the Test point on the NIBP

Signal
motherboard board
Data from Host TP114 TST1
TP115 TST2
VPUMP TP66 TST4
+3.3VD TP116 TST5
+5VD TP117 TST6
DBGCOM_TX TP118 TST8
DBGCOM_RX TP119 TST9
\BOOT_EN TP67 TST10
GND J13/9, 10, 11, 12 TST7

Isolation interface
Isolation interface connects the motherboard to the isolation board, which is
then connected to SpO2 and Welch Allyn temperature measurement modules.
The isolation board isolates communication and control lines between the
motherboard and measurement modules and generates isolated voltages for
modules. Connection between the isolation board and the motherboard consists
of serial buses for the SpO2 module and temperature module (4 lines), +5V and
+3.3V power supplies for the isolation board, SpO2 and temperature reset lines,
SpO2 and temperature power enable lines, temperature wakeup line and
ground.
The RX and TX lines are active only if there is traffic; check them with an
oscilloscope. You cannot measure most test points on the isolation board due to
the transparent isolation barrier that must not be removed. The barrier is needed
to prevent contact with the isolation area on the board. Measure isolated SpO2
voltages and data lines at test points you can access without removing the
isolation barrier.
The GND line connects ground on the motherboard with the primary ground on
isolation boards. The secondary GND on the isolation board provides ground for
SpO2 and temperature modules. They are isolated from the primary ground on
the isolation board.
These voltages also have isolated grounds. When measuring isolated voltages,
remember to connect negative pole of the test equipment probe to ground of
that voltage, not to the monitor ground.
Isolation interface
Voltages for isolation Motherboard: TP110 +3.3V

interface
Motherboard: TP111 +5V
SpO2 RX Motherboard: TP103 Measure with

Isolation board: TP14 oscilloscope.
SpO2 TX Motherboard: TP104

Isolation board: TP15
(isolated SpO2 GND is
TP21&22)
SpO2 Reset Motherboard: TP105 +3.3V or 0V (only if main

processor of the
motherboard resets
SpO2).

Isolation interface
Levels of isolated SpO2 You can measure +5V and 0V

signals isolated SpO2 Reset
voltage between TP16
(isolated SpO2 Reset)
and TP21/22 (both
isolated SpO2 GND) on
the isolation board.
Temperature RX Motherboard: TP106 Measure with

Temperature TX Motherboard: TP107 oscilloscope.
Temperature Reset Motherboard: TP108 0V when signal is active

+3.3V other time
Temperature Wakeup Motherboard: TP109
These signals are set by
the main processor of
the motherboard.
Isolated SpO2 voltages Isolation board: TP21 GND
Isolation board: TP22 GND
Isolation board: TP2 +6V
Isolation board: TP3 +5V
Isolation board: TP4 +3.3V
TP2
TP15 TP3
TP16
TP21
TP4
TP30 TP14
TP22
Isolation barrier - DO NOT REMOVE!

Left side USB connectors

The monitor has two USB interfaces on the left side: one for medical equipment
(not in use at the moment) and USB-B for a PC. The medical interface has a direct
connection between the motherboard and the USB connector. The PC interface
is isolated with the USB isolator circuit. USB signals can be measured at the
motherboard or at the USB connectors outside the monitor. USB data lines are
active only when there is data traffic. When the USB data lines are inactive, the
voltage is about 0Vdc.
The USB isolator circuit is powered from two sources. The PC-connector end is
powered by connected equipment. This voltage is in the PC USB connector pin 1.
If a device is connected to the PC USB connector you can measure voltage
between the connector's pins 1 and 4 (pin 4 is PC USB GND). The motherboard
end is powered by the motherboard.
Medical USB board
Medical USB VBUS Motherboard: TP137 +5Vdc

voltage. Medical USB board:
TP8 and TP9
PC USB connector Pin 1 +5Vdc
Motherboard supply Motherboard: TP128 +3.3Vdc

Medical USB: TP11
PC USB data line test Motherboard: TP129

points TP130 D-
Medical USB board: D+
TP12
TP13 D+
D-
TP10 TP11
TP8 TP12
TP5
TP6 TP7 TP13

Back panel USBs

Three USB connections on the back panel of the monitor are placed on the USB
board inside the monitor and are connected to the motherboard. The USB board
has a connector for external DC- power and a reset button. The reset button
connects the reset line to ground when pressed.
Back panel USBs
USB connector pin #1 USB board: TP18, TP19 +5V

and TP20.
USB connector pin #4 is pin #4 GND

GND.
USB connector pin #2 pin #2 D-

and pin #3. pin #3 D+
USB board:
USB1: TP4 D+
USB1: TP3 D-
USB2: TP8 D+
USB2: TP7 D-
USB3: TP12 D+
USB3: TP11 D-
DC in+ voltage. USB board: TP14 +24V

Motherboard:
If test points do not TP88, 89 and 90.
have voltage, check
replaceable fuse F1 on
the USB board.
DC- test point USB board: TP15 GND
Reset line's test point Motherboard: TP131 +3.3Vdc (0V when reset
USB board: TP13. button is pressed)
USB board TP17 GND
Reset
F1

TP20 TP19 TP18

TP13
TP14
TP8
TP15 TP3
TP12 TP7
TP4
TP17
TP11
LCD backlight
A backlight connector on the motherboard has four signals: +12V (J12/1), LCD
ON (J12/2), Backlight PWM (J12/3) and GND (J12/4).
Back panel USBs
+12V line Motherboard: TP120. +12V (if no voltage,

check resettable fuse
F9)
LCD_ON line when Motherboard: TP121 +3.3Vdc

display is ON.
Backlight PWM signal Motherboard: TP122. 0 to +3.3V

LCD interface
LCD connector J20 has 20 pins. There are 4 pairs of color signals (8 lines), one
pair for clock signal and two signals from the main processor I/O. Measure these
signals with an oscilloscope. Pins 1 and 2 of the connector are +3.3V and pins 7,
10, 13 and 16 are GND. If there are any display problems, first check the cable
between the motherboard and display. Change the cable first before changing
the display or the motherboard.
LDC interface
LCD connector Pin #1, Pin #2 +3.3Vdc
Pin #7, 10, 13 and 16 GND
Touch panel interface

The touch panel interface has five signal test points on the motherboard.
Touch panel interface
Area (top) Voltage
pin
Touch panel interface Motherboard: Over 0Vdc

(voltage when the Connector J21 pin #3 (typically about 2V)
display is not touched.
When the display is
touched, the voltage
decreases).
Touch panel interface Motherboard: 0Vdc

(voltage when the
display is not touched. Connector J21 pin #2
When the display is Connector J21 pin #5
touched, the voltage Connector J21 pin #1
increases). Connector J21 pin #4

7 Field replaceable
units (FRUs)

Field replaceable units (FRUs): Description
Description
This chapter provides instructions for disassembly and reassembly of the
monitor.
NOTE
GE supports troubleshooting and repair to the FRU level only. GE does not
make available schematics, assembly drawings, or bills of material beyond
what is provided in this manual. Attempting repair on a module or factory-
sealed component is not recommended.
FRU replacement checklist

Back up settings. Refer to “Exporting settings” on page 9-14.
Remove the battery. Refer to “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
Remove the FRU that is to be replaced. Refer to “Monitor disassembly”
on page 7-23.
Install a new FRU and reassemble the monitor. Refer to “Monitor reas-
sembly” on page 7-45.
Replace the battery.
If replacing a new battery, refer to “First charge of the battery” on
page 3-3.
If replacing the old battery, refer to “Battery replacement” on
page 7-19.
Update monitor software if you replace any of the OEM modules (NIBP
module, Welch Allyn module or any SpO2 module). Refer to “Software
upgrade” on page 10-1.
Proceed to “FRU replacement checkout procedures” on page 7-2.
FRU replacement checkout procedures

Electrical safety tests. Refer to “Safety testing” on page 5-18.
Touch screen recalibration. Refer to “Touch screen recalibration” on
page 3-7.
Parameter level functional testing. Refer to “Parameter-level functional
testing” on page 5-2.
Printer output test. Refer to “Printer output test” on page 5-17.
Visual inspection. Refer to “Visual inspection checklist” on page 9-5.
Cleaning of the monitor and other components. Refer to “Cleaning” on
page 9-15.
Export logs and observe for possible error messages. Refer to “Exporting
error logs” on page 6-3.
Set PM done. Refer to “Preventive maintenance (PM)” on page 4-16.

FRU list
The following table offers details on each of the corresponding bubble numbers
that appear on the exploded assembly drawing (located after this table). Photos
of each FRU follow.
NOTES
If you need to replace a faulty motherboard or back cover, it can be done
only by GE Service Depot. Contact GE Service Depot.
If the customer wants to change the SpO2 technology, only GE Service can
do it. The SpO2 technology can be changed only if any of the SpO2
technologies exists.
FRU numbers are subject to change.
Part Number Description
2067981-001 VC 150 FRU Front cover Assy
2067981-002 VC150 FRU Board Frame Assy, No printer
2067981-003 VC150 FRU Handle Strip Left Assy
2067981-004 VC150 FRU Handle
2067981-005 VC150 FRU NIBP Pump Assy
2067981-006 VC150 FRU Printer Assy
2067981-007 VC150 FRU Dummy Printer Assy
2067981-008 VC150 FRU NIBP module
2067981-010 VC150 FRU Foots
2067981-012 VC150 FRU Drain Slope
2067981-013 VC150 FRU SpO2 Masimo Assy
2067981-014 VC150 FRU SpO2 GE Assy
2067981-015 VC150 FRU SpO2 Nellcor Assy
2103884-001 VC150 FRU SPO2 NELLCOR ASSY V2
2067981-016 VC150 FRU SpO2 Masimo accessories
2067981-017 VC150 FRU SpO2 GE accessories
2067981-018 VC150 FRU SpO2 Nellcor accessories
2067981-019 VC150 FRU NIBP Connector Assy
2067981-020 VC150 FRU USB Frame Assy
2067981-021 VC150 FRU Isolation Board Assy
2067981-022 VC150 FRU USB Door Assy
2067981-023 VC150 FRU WA Covering Plate assy

Part Number Description
2067981-024 VC150 FRU Welch Allyn Frame Assy
2067981-025 VC150 FRU Cables
2067981-026 VC150 FRU Bottom Plate Assy
2067981-027 VC150 FRU Battery
2067981-028 VC150 FRU screws
2067981-030 VC150 FRU Power
2067981-031 VC150 FRU Speaker Module Assy
2067981-033 VC150 FRU FUSES
NOTE
Contains 20 fuses.
2067981-034 VC150 FRU WA CONNECTOR COVER
NOTE
Contains 5 connector covers.
2078001-002 FRU, Cable, Remote Alarm

FRU photos
FRU 2067981-001: VC150 FRU Front cover Assy
FRU 2067981-002: VC150 Board Frame Assy, No printer
FRU 2067981-003: VC150 FRU Handle Strip Left Assy

FRU 2067981-004: VC150 FRU Handle
FRU 2067981-005: VC150 FRU NIBP Pump Assy
FRU 2067981-006: VC150 FRU Printer Assy

FRU 2067981-007: VC150 FRU Dummy Printer Assy
FRU 2067981-008: VC150 FRU NIBP module
FRU 2067981-010: VC150 FRU feet (bottom rest pads)

FRU 2067981-012: VC150 FRU Drain Slope
FRU 2067981-013: VC150 FRU SPO2 Masimo Assy

FRU 2067981-014: VC150 FRU SPO2 GE Assy
FRU 2067981-015: VC150 FRU SPO2 Nellcor Assy

FRU 2067981-016: VC150 FRU SPO2 Masimo accessories
FRU 2067981-017: VC150 FRU SPO2 GE accessories

FRU 2067981-018: VC150 FRU SPO2 Nellcor accessories
FRU 2067981-019: VC150 FRU NIBP Connector Assy

FRU 2067981-020: VC150 FRU USB Frame Assy
FRU 2067981-021: VC150 FRU Isolation Board Assy
FRU 2067981-022: VC150 FRU USB Door Assy

FRU 2067981-023: VC150 FRU WA Covering Plate Assy
FRU 2067981-024: VC150 FRU Welch Allyn Frame Assy

1.
3.
5. 2.
4.
6.
7.
8. 9.
10.
11.
12.
FRU 2067981-025: VC150 FRU Cables
contains
1. 4J00198x Isolation board serial cable

2. 4J00194x Display flex cable
3. 4J00195x Display power cable
4. 4J00196x NIBP Module cable
5. 4J00200x Charge power cable
6. T3.5A fuse (2 pcs)
7. 4J00197x Main power cable
8. 4J00199x Nurse call cable
9. 4J00202x Dummy Printer GND cable
10. 4J00206x Printer GND cable
11. Welch Allyn FFC
12. USB FFC (2 pcs)

FRU 2067981-026: VC150 FRU bottom plate Assy
FRU 2067981-027: VC150 FRU Battery
FRU 2067981-028: VC150 FRU screws

FRU 2067981-030: VC150 FRU Power
FRU 2067981-031: VC150 FRU Speaker Module Assy
FRU 2067981-033: VC150 FRU Fuses

Field replaceable units (FRUs): FRU replacement instructions
FRU 2067981-034: VC150 FRU WA Connector Cover
FRU replacement instructions

The following procedure is sequential (i.e., you must remove the battery and rear
case to remove the printer, or to access/remove boards etc.).
CAUTIONS
Internal electronic components are susceptible to damage by
electrostatic discharge. To avoid damage when disassembling
the monitor, observe the standard precautions and procedures
for handling static-sensitive components.
Be careful to keep gaskets intact when disassembling and

reassembling monitor parts with gaskets. Ensure that the
gaskets fit in correct during reassembly work. Broken or
incorrectly assembled gaskets do not prevent ingress of liquids
into the monitor.
NOTE
Update monitor software if you replace any of the OEM modules (NIBP
module, Welch Allyn module or any SpO2 module).
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions

All external connectors of the monitor are designed with protection from ESD
damage. However, if the monitor requires service, exposed components and
assemblies inside are susceptible to ESD damage. This includes human hands,
non-ESD protected work stations or improperly grounded test equipment.
The following guidelines may not guarantee a 100% static-free workstation, but
can greatly reduce the potential for failure of any electronic assemblies being
serviced:
 Discharge any static charge you may have built up before handling
assemblies containing semiconductors.
 A grounded, antistatic wristband (3M part number 2046 or equivalent) or
heel strap should be worn at all times while handling or repairing
assemblies containing semiconductors.
 Use properly grounded soldering and test equipment.
 Use a static-free work surface (3M part number 8210 or equivalent) while
handling or working on assemblies containing semiconductors.

 Do not remove assemblies from antistatic containers (Velo-stat bags) until

absolutely necessary.
 Make sure power to an assembly is turned off before removal.
 Do not slide electrical/electronic assemblies across any surface.
 Do not touch semiconductor leads unless absolutely necessary.
 Electronic assemblies should be stored only in antistatic bags or boxes.
 Handle all modules by their edges.
 Do not flex or twist a circuit board.
Torques
Screw Type Torque
Main screws Metric screw thread M3mm, Torx T10 0.5 Nm  0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb  0.44]
Bottom Plate screws Metric screw thread M3 mm, Allen key 0.5 Nm 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb  0.44]
2.5 mm
Handle screws, Board Frame screws, Self tapping PT 3.5 mm, Torx T10 1.05 Nm  0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb  0.88]
Welch Allyn Frame, USB Frame,
Printer housing screws
NIBP module screw Self tapping PT 3.0 mm, Torx T10 0.28 Nm  0.03 Nm [2.48 in-lb 
0.26]
Screw for Masimo metal spacer nut Metric screw thread M3 x 4 mm, Torx 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb ± 0.44]
T10
Masimo ground cable Metric screw thread M3 x 6 mm, Torx 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb ± 0.44]
T10
Welch Allyn module screws, Printer Self tapping PT 2.2 mm, Torx T6 0.21 Nm 0.03 Nm [1.86 in-lb 
screw 0.26]
Speaker module screws Self tapping PT 1.6 mm, Torx Plus 6 IP 0.13 Nm  0.03 Nm [1.15 in-lb 
0.26]

Battery replacement
Tools necessary:
 A screwdriver with adjustable torque or an electronic screwdriver with

adjustable torque.
 A screw torque calibrator for the electronic screwdriver, if the electronic
screwdriver is used.
 A screwdriver wrench for the 2.5 mm Allen key screws
DANGERS
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD — Before replacing the battery,
disconnect the monitor from the DC power supply. Failure to do
this may result in serious personal and/or device damage.
ELECTRIC SHOCK — Do not touch the patient and the DC power

input connector pins simultaneously.
NOTE
 Procure replacement batteries from your GE representative.
Disassembly
1. Unplug the monitor from the DC power source.
2. Place the monitor on a clean, steady surface, face down. Ensure that the
surface will not scratch the touch screen. Use a soft, lint-free cloth if
necessary.
3. Remove four screws with the 2.5 mm Allen key.

4. Remove the bottom plate.
5. Pull the battery carefully out of the battery compartment.
6. Push the locking pin down, take a firm grip on the connector and unplug the
battery. Pay attention to how the plug was positioned (locking pin facing up)
in the socket. This affects polarity.

Reassembly
1. Plug in a replacement battery. Ensure that the plug is positioned as in step 6.
The locking pin must be at the top of the plug. Plug position affects polarity.
WARNING
Prior to plugging in the replacement battery pack, perform a
visual check on it to ensure it is physically intact and without
leaks.
WARNING
When reconnecting the battery, ensure the battery maintains
the correct polarity.
2. Insert the replacement battery into the compartment. Ensure that the
battery cord is not squeezed or covering the screw hole.

3. Secure the bottom plate. Use the 2.5 mm Allen key. Apply 0.5 Nm ±0.05 Nm
[4.43 in-lb ± 0.44] torque.
NOTE
Plate side dimensions are not equal. If screws do not go easily, the plate may
be 90 degrees turned.
4. Insert the external DC power converter plug into the external DC power
socket and plug into an AC outlet. The new battery must be charged at least
for 8 hours.
5. Verify the configuration settings prior to returning the monitor to clinical use.
NOTE
Recycle the old battery according to local regulations on material recycling.
Do not dispose of in regular trash!
If transparent protective film is covering the touch screen, remove it before

placing the monitor into clinical use.

Monitor disassembly
Tools required:

adjustable torque.
 A wrench for Torx T10 screws
 A wrench for Torx T6 plus screws
 A medium sized slotted screwdriver
 10 mm socket (for nurse call cable)
 A socket wrench
 Pliers
 Wire cutters
 A screwdriver wrench for 2.5 mm Allen key screws
Front panel and motherboard

1. Place the monitor on a clean, steady surface, face down. Ensure that the
surface will not scratch the touch screen. Use a soft, lint-free cloth if
necessary.
2. Remove the battery as instructed in “Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
3. Remove four main screws (M3 x 30 mm). Use a Torx T10 screwdriver.

4. Turn the monitor to an upright position and pull at edges on both sides of
the front panel.
WARNINGS
Be careful not to tip the front cover assembly over.
Be careful with touch screen cables.
5. Hold monitor pieces together and turn the unit so that it rests on the table
with the touch screen facing up.
6. Open the front cover assembly. Tilt the front cover as pictured below to
avoid damage. Do not strain the display flex cable (arrowed in the image).
WARNING
Display flex cable connector is a sensitive part. Do not bend the
flex cable in vain. Never pull the flex cable. Always get a hold on
the connector when unplugging the flex cable.

7. Unplug following cables and flex cable in the following order:

1. 4J00194x display flex cable
2. 4J00195x display power cable
1
2
3. Touch flex cable. Slide the connector latch out about for 2 mm. Then
release the touch flex cable.
8. Unplug following cables:

1. USB FFC (FFC, flat flex cable). Lift lock latch upwards to release the cable.
2. 4J00196x NIBP module cable
3. Power membrane FFC. Slide the connector latch out to release the
cable.
NOTE
Contact surfaces of the power membrane FFC must face the mother board.

9. Release the snap on the right and lift up the board a bit. Then release the left
snap.

10. Release these at the back of the board.

 Speaker module cable
 4J00199x Nurse call cable (remote alarm cable)
 USB FFC Lift lock latch upwards to release the cable.
 4J00197x Main power cable
 4J00200x Charge power cable
 4J00198x Isolation board serial cable
11. If the monitor is equipped with the printer, turn the monitor in an upright
position. Hold the motherboard with your right hand fingers. Release the
printer flex cable with left thumb and index finger.

NIBP module
12. Release the NIBP module screw. Use Torx T10 screwdriver.
13. Release a snap feature.
14. Gently release another snap feature with a screwdriver. Avoid causing
damage to NIBP board or its components.

15. Remove the manifold hose from a pressure sensor. Remove the valve hose
from another pressure sensor.
16. The opaque plastic NIBP manifold is quite tight and must not be pulled
directly from the NIBP board. If pulled directly from the board, the deflation
valve may sustain serious damage. The manifold must be loosened first.
Place a screwdriver between the manifold and blue colored ends of the NIBP
deflation valve. Then gently pull the manifold off the NIBP board.
17. Unplug the power cable for the pump.

18. Remove the pump hose (A). Pay attention to the order the hoses are
mounted onto the manifold.
19. Remove the manifold hose (B) and the valve hose (C) from the NIBP hose
connector inlets.
C
A
B
20. The manifold hose assembly is now free.
C
A

Handle frame and back cover

21. Remove screws at the bottom. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver.
22. Turn the monitor in an upright position and open printer.
23. Push the back cover backwards (dotted arrow) and middle frame with
handle bar towards you (solid arrow).

24. Pull the board and printer door off the back cover. Ensure that the printer
cover passes through the opening smoothly. Watch out for cables.
NOTE
Remove the printer or dummy printer cable from the USB board connector,
25. Remove printer assembly screws in the following order and remove the
printer assembly. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver.
3
2

26. Remove the printer.
NIBP pump and valve

27. Rotate the assembly.
28. Remove speaker module. Use a Torx Plus 6 IP screwdriver.

29. Remove the NIBP valve hose.
30. Remove the dump valve.

31. After removing the dump valve, guide the valve and pump connector
through the opening in the board frame.
32. Rotate the assembly and loosen the lock latches a bit to remove the NIBP
pump clamp. Arrows indicate release direction.
33. Release the NIBP clamp. Remove the pump assembly from the recess. The
pump hose assembly is now free.

Side strips
34. Open the left slide strip snap feature with a screwdriver.
35. Remove the left strip part.
36. Open the right slide strip snap feature with a screwdriver.

37. Remove the right strip assembly. The USB FFC slides through an opening in
the board frame.
38. Remove the 4J00200x charge power cable.
Handle
39. Hold the handle and remove the screws at the top. Use a Torx T10
screwdriver.

Drain slope assembly

40. Set the rear cover in an upright position on the table.
41. Remove the drain slope insulation tapes and the drain hose. Pull out the
drain slope assembly.
Ventilation plates
42. Pull out the two ventilation plates. There is one on each side.

USB frame
43. Remove the USB frame screws (2). Use a Torx T10 screwdriver. Then remove
the USB frame assembly.
Remote alarm
44. Remove the nurse call (remote alarm) cable 4J00199X. Release the HEX nut
with the socket wrench and 10 mm socket with a slot for a cable. To avoid
twisting the cable around and damaging it, turn the socket for 1/4 round
clockwise. Pull the socket off the HEX nut, rotate 1/4 round counter-
clockwise then place on the HEX nut again. Repeat until the HEX nut is
released. Rotate the nut with your fingers to remove it.
Alternative method
You can also use a standard 10 mm socket, guide the nurse call cable through
the socket and loosen the hex nut without using a socket wrench.

45. Pull the cable out through a hole in the back cover frame.
NIBP hose connector

46. Release the two snap features to remove the NIBP connector assembly.
Isolation board, SpO2 module and SpO2 flex cable assembly

47. Use pliers to release the 3 pieces of stand-offs that hold isolation board.
There is no need to release the fourth one. Slide the fourth one out of the slot
on isolation board.

48. Release the SpO2 flex cable.
49. If Masimo SpO2 module is in use, remove ground cable from the isolation
board. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver.
50. Release the connector latch and remove the Welch Allyn FFC.

51. If SpO2 module replacement is needed, cut SpO2 module stand-offs to

remove the SpO2 module. Use wire cutters for the stand-offs. Stand-offs are
not reusable. Always use the new stand-off supplied with the new SpO2
module.
WARNING
Be very careful and use gloves when you are handling the
isolation board. The isolation board assembly is a hi-pot tested
critical-to-safety component. The assembly must be free of
grease and dust. Do not touch or remove the transparent part
with your finger or anything else that might affect it.
52. If SpO2 module replacement is needed, release the 4 snaps to remove SpO2
connector housing. Do not break the snaps.

53. Pull the SpO2 unit carefully out through the opening. Note the orientation
and be careful to avoid damage.
Welch Allyn module

54. Remove the Welch Allyn screws. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver.
55. Release the Welch Allyn frame snaps (2). Pull out the Welch Allyn module.

56. Remove the Welch Allyn module FFC carefully through the back cover hole.
Avoid damage.
USB door
57. Turn the back cover around and release the thumb screw on the USB door.
58. Push the USB door as indicated by an arrow. At the same time press right
side hinge in the direction indicated by the arrow until the hinge pin comes
out of the back cover recess. Now the disassembly is complete.

Monitor reassembly
Tools required
adjustable torque.
 A wrench for the Torx T10 screws
 A wrench for the Torx Plus 6 IP screws
 A medium sized slotted screwdriver
 10 mm socket (for nurse call cable)
 A socket wrench
 Pliers
 Wire cutters
 Isolation tape
Required parts
 Required new field replacement units (FRU kits)
USB door
1. Replace the USB door.

NIBP hose connector

2. Push the NIBP hose connector into the opening.
NOTE
Pay attention to the orientation of the NIBP hose connector. The pin gate
recess of the connector must be facing upwards.
Remote alarm cable

3. Assemble the nurse call cable 4J00199X. Replace the HEX nut with your
fingers. Secure the HEX nut gently with a socket wrench and 10 mm socket
with a slot for a cable. Keep the cable in place by pressing the plug with your
finger. To avoid twisting the cable around and damaging it, turn the socket
for a 1/4 round clockwise at maximum. Pull the socket off the HEX nut,
rotate a 1/4 round counter-clockwise then place on the HEX nut again.
Repeat until the HEX nut is secured. Avoid damage to cable during the
operation.

Alternative method
You can also use a standard 10 mm socket, guide the nurse call cable through
the socket and secure the hex nut without using a socket wrench.
Drain slope assembly

4. Place and secure the drain slope with isolation tape.
5. Insert the hose into the opening at the bottom of the frame.

Welch Allyn module or Welch Allyn cover plate

6. If Welch Allyn module is not being used, cover the stand-offs and holes with
a Welch Allyn cover label. Align the adhesive label the same way on the new
Welch Allyn cover plate.
NOTE
The label has to cover all unused holes. The label is a single-use item. Once it
is attached on the cover plate, you cannot change the positioning.
7. If Welch Allyn module is being used, carefully insert the Welch Allyn FFC
module cable (A) and align the module with a stand-off hole (B) and grip hole
(C).
8. Check that the cable passes through the opening smoothly and that the
Welch Allyn module is aligned with the stand-off hole and the snaps are
locked.

9. Then secure the module. Use self tapping PT 3.5 mm, Torx T10 screws. Apply
1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ± 0.88] torque.
USB frame
10. Replace the USB frame. Secure the frame with 2 PT 3.5 Torx T10 screws.
Apply 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ± 0.88] torque.

SpO2 Board
Each SpO2 technology has its own board and connector cable combination that
must always be used.
WARNING
Never mix different technology boards and connectors! This
will result in erroneous operation of the SpO2 measurement.
Masimo board is secured onto isolation board with 3 stand-offs, two M3 screws
(Torx IP 10) and a spacer nut. GE TruSignal and Nellcor boards are secured onto
isolation board with 2 stand-offs.
SpO2 technology boards and connectors
GE TruSignal Nellcor Masimo
11. Insert stand-offs on the board you are going to install. The stand-offs for
GE TruSignal or Nellcor boards are installed the same way.

12. If the Masimo SpO2 module is in use, insert three standoffs and secure a
metal spacer nut with a M3 x 4 mm screw. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver. Apply
0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb ± 0.44] torque.
NOTE
Make sure the spacer nut is oriented as in the picture below.
13. Check that the stand-offs and the connector of the SpO2 module aligns with
the pins and connector of the correct technology marked on the isolation
board. Stand-offs are not reusable.

14. Each SpO2 technology has its own connector cable. Insert the correct
connector cable through the opening. Note connector orientation! Tilt the
large blue connector a bit so that you guide the wider section of the cable
through the opening first. Then tilt the connector back and insert normally.
15. Guide the smaller connector of the flex cable behind the drain hose.
16. Push the connector inward until it locks up.
CAUTION
It is dangerous to use the wrong SpO2 sensor. The sticker must
indicate what SpO2 technology is used.

17. Connect the flex cable to the SpO2 board. Ensure that the SpO2 flex
connector aligns with the correct pins and the correct row.
18. If the Masimo SpO2 module is in use, connect the ground cable of the SpO2
flex to the isolation board as in picture. Use M3 x 6 mm screw and Torx T10
screwdriver. Apply 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb ± 0.44] torque
Isolation board
19. Plug the Welch Allyn FFC into the isolation board connector. Slide the
connector latch in to secure the plug. The FFC contact surface must face the
board surface.

20. Align the isolation board with the frame stand-offs and replace the board.
Ensure that all 4 stand-offs lock up. Verify that the SpO2 flex connector is
properly attached.
Ventilation plates
21. Slide ventilation plates in place.

Handle
22. Replace the handle. Secure it with two self tapping PT 3.5 mm, Torx T10
screws and apply 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ± 0.88] torque.
Side strips
23. Push in 3 snap features to install the right side strip.
24. Guide the Medical USB FFC through the opening as in the image below. Then
push the left side strip assembly in place. Three snap features lock it in
place.

25. Attach the 2 shorter handle gaskets on the back side of frame. Refer to
“Board frame assembly exploded view” on page 8-6 for more details.
26. Attach the 2 longer handle gaskets on the front side of the frame.
NIBP pump and valve

27. Guide the dump valve and connector through the opening in the board
frame.

28. Place the pump in the correct position in the recess. Position the hose, filter
and back pressure valve carefully. NIBP does not work if any of the hoses is
bent or kinked.
29. Secure the pump clamp with 3 snap features. Ensure the hose is not kinked
and the assembly is secured. Guide the pump hose through the opening in
the board frame.

30. Insert the NIBP valve. Ensure the snap features secure it.
31. Replace the speaker module. Secure with 4 self tapping PT 1.6 mm, Torx Plus
6 IP screws. Apply 0.13 Nm  0.03 Nm [1.15 in-lb  0.26] torque.
Dummy printer assembly or printer assembly

32. Replace the printer or dummy printer. When you are ready to secure the
printer assembly, use a self tapping PT 3.5 mm, Torx T10 screw. Apply 1.05
Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ± 0.88] torque.
NOTE
For correct printer alignment, it is very important to follow the correct order
when securing the screws.

33. Insert the printer flex through the opening on the board frame.
NOTE
Do not guide the printer/dummy printer ground cable through the board
frame.
34. Secure the printer assembly in correct order as numbered in the image
below. Use a Torx T10 screwdriver. Apply 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ±
0.88] torque.
1
2
Charge power cable

35. Connect the 4J00200x charge power cable. Verify that both snap features
lock up and the connector is positioned correct.

Main assembly
36. Plug ground cable of the printer/dummy printer to USB board connector.
37. Leave the printer door open and guide it through the opening in the back
cover assembly.
38. Guide the nurse call cable through the

lower opening of the board frame, guide
the remaining three loose cables
through the upper opening of the board
frame.

39. Connect the handle assembly and back cover assembly. Check that cables
are not tangled up or squeezed. Close the printer door.
40. Secure 2 board frame screws with a Torx T10 screwdriver. Apply 1.05 Nm ±
0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb ± 0.88] torque.
NOTE
If these two screws are released and secured many times and excessive
torque has been used, it may wear out screw thread in the plastic screw
housing. If you cannot secure these screws, you may leave these out. These
two screws are not critical to product safety or integrity.
41. Connect NIBP valve hose.

42. Guide valve hose as in the image below. Check that it aligns smoothly on all
turns. Correct place for hose intersection is important so that the hose will
not be blocked at later stages of reassembly.
43. Connect the valve hose to the upper inlet of the NIBP connector. The correct
place for hose intersection is important so that the hose will not be blocked
at later stages of reassembly.
NOTE
NIBP hose should not be twisted when attached. Twisted hose may result in
bent hose and blockage.
44. Connect the manifold hose to the lower inlet of the NIBP connector.
NOTE
NIBP hose should not be twisted when attached. Twisted hose may result in
bent hose and blockage.

45. Align the 3 small pins on the deflation valve with the 3 manifold holes (on
tube side of manifold). Connect the manifold hose to the deflation valve.
46. Connect the pump hose (A) to the manifold inlet next to the manifold hose
inlet. Connect the valve hose (B) to the pressure sensor.
47. Connect the NIBP pump cable. Secure the manifold with NIBP board screw.
Use a self tapping PT 3.0 mm and a Torx T10 screwdriver. Apply 0.28 Nm ±
0.03 Nm [2.48 in-lb ± 0.26] torque. Then check that hoses are not squeezed
or kinked.
NOTE
NIBP will not work if any of the hoses is kinked or squeezed.

48. Align the NIBP with board frame guiding pins. Press the right side snap into
place first. Then press the top side snap into place. Then look underneath
the NIBP module and check that the hoses are not squeezed or kinked. NIBP
will not work if any of the hoses is kinked or squeezed.
Motherboard
49. Turn the monitor to the upright position. Hold the motherboard with your
right hand fingers. Ensure that the printer flex connector is tight. Take a firm
grip on the flex and push the contacts into the connector (the silver colored
contacts should not remain visible once the flex is connected).
CAUTION
Be careful not to bend the flex cable. A bent section may break
the flex cable.

50. Connect the power membrane FFC to the power button connector. Contact
surfaces of the power membrane FFC must face the mother board. Close
the latch.
51. Connect the USB FFC to the connector on the motherboard. Close the latch.
Check that FFC is connected correctly.
52. Connect isolation board cable 4J00198x to the isolation connector on the
motherboard. Note that the connector must be oriented as in the picture
below!
53. The black stripe on the cable must face down.

54. Connect charge power cable 4J00200x to the battery connector on the
motherboard.
55. Connect the main power cable 4J00197x to the board charger connector on
the motherboard.
56. Connect the nurse call cable 4J00199x to the nurse call connector on the
motherboard.

57. Connect the USB FFC to the USB board connector on the motherboard.
Close the latch. Check that FFC is secured correctly.
58. Connect the speaker module cable to the speaker connector on the
motherboard.
59. Press the motherboard towards the frame until it locks up. Note that the
power membrane should be aligned as in the image below.

60. Connect the NIBP module cable 4J00196x. Check that the connectors are at
the correct pins and row.
61. Connect the 4J00195x display power cable onto the backlight connector on
the motherboard.
62. Connect the 4J00194x display flex cable.
NOTE
The display flex connector cannot withstand rough handling. Handle with
care.

63. Connect the touch flex cable. Ensure that the flex contact surface faces the
board surface. Slide the connector latch in to secure the cable.
64. Press the monitor frames to lock the front cover assembly with snap
features. Close the printer door.
65. Secure the front cover assembly with 2 screws at the top and 2 screws at
the bottom. Use Torx T10 screws. Apply 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm [4.43 in-lb ± 0.44]
torque.

Field replaceable units (FRUs): Changing the Exergen temperature unit battery
66. Connect and replace the battery as instructed in “Battery replacement” on

page 19. Now the reassembly is complete.
67. Refer to “FRU replacement checklist” on page 7-2 for FRU replacement
checkout procedures.
Changing the Exergen temperature unit battery

Required tools and parts
 Paper clip or metal pin of equal thickness
 A new quality 9V battery
NOTE
If the Exergen scanner is not used regularly, remove the battery to prevent
possible damage due to chemical leakage.
Procedure
1. Unplug the scanner cable from the monitor USB port.
2. To replace the 9V battery, use a bent paper clip or similar tool and insert it
directly into the battery cover ejection pinhole on the side of the
thermometer (A).
3. Apply pressure to spring release the battery cover (B).
4. Remove the cover.

Field replaceable units (FRUs): Changing the SpO2 technology
5. Remove and disconnect the battery (C).

6. Replace the 9V battery with only a quality alkaline 9V battery.
7. Replace the cover by inserting the bottom part of the battery cover (D) into
the main housing and then snapping the top part of the battery cover (E) in.
E
A
C
B
Verification
Check the LED display. The low battery error message should not be displayed.
Perform a temperature measurement to determine whether the Exergen unit is
powered correctly. Refer to “Disposal of product waste” on page 9-22 for battery
disposal instructions.
Changing the SpO2 technology

SpO2 technology can be changed during the lifetime of the monitor by GE
Service Depot only. Contact GE Service Depot.
NOTE
SpO2 technology can be changed only if any of the SpO2 technologies exist.

Field replaceable units (FRUs): Changing the SpO2 technology

8 Exploded view
drawings

Exploded view drawings: Main assembly exploded view
Main assembly exploded view

Find
Description Quantity
number
1 Front cover assembly 1
2 Board frame assembly 1
3 Back cover assy, WA, SpO2 1
4 Bottom plate assembly 1
5 Motherboard 1
6 NIBP module 1
7 NIBP module cable 1
8 NIBP screw: Torx T10 PT 3x10 mm 1
9 Battery pack 1
10 Main screw: Torx T10 M3x30 mm 4
11 Bottom plate screw: Hex 2.5 M3x16 mm 4
12 Main label (identification label) 1
13 Board frame screw: Torx T10 PT 3,5x10 mm 2
Numbers in this table refer to the main assembly exploded view images. Refer to
“FRU kits” in CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories (KO00125) for
availability.

KO00094Q
Guide Back Cover cables below through this opening: 2 3
- Isolation cable 12
- Medical USB FFC
- Charge Power Cable
Ensure the printer doors is open when the board frame is being assembled
on Back Cover.
Guide Nurse Call Cable through this opening.
10

13
1 8 6 7 5 4
9
11
8-3
8-4
Note tubes in correct order.
- Pump tube to be lowest.
- Valve hose in the middle.
- Valve hose NIBP end tube is at top.
Guide all back cover cables through this opening:
- Isolation Cable
- Medical USB FFC
Connect the pump and valve - Nurse Call Cable
connectors to the NIBP board. - Charge Power Cable
Ensure the printer door is opened when the Board
frame is being assembled on back cover.

8 6
Use 10 IP torx. Plug the Valve Hose tube into NIBP board sensor.
Use 0.28 Nm +/- 0.03 Nm Attach the tubes to the slots.
torque for screw assembly.
Plug the Valve Hose tube in upper NIBP connection.

Plug the NIBP hose into the lower NIBP connection.
The tube must not be squeezed or bent. It must be in open area.
Plug the NIBP assembly hose in the NIBP board sensor

Guide the manifold guiding pin into NIBP board hole.
Plug the Manifold into NIBP board valve inlet.
KO00094Q
KO00094Q
Read the plug code on a cable and relative connector code on the main board.
Plug all Back Cover cables into connectors on mother board. Connection order:
1. Printer flex to board connector
2. Isolation Cable
3. Medical USB FFC
4. Nurse Call Cable
5. Charge Power Cable 7
6. Main Power Cable
10
Plug the power membrane
flex into this connector.
Observe the orientation
Connectors are on PWB side.
Use 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm
(4.43 in-lb ± 0.44)
Printer connector torque for screw assembly.
Use Torx 10 IP.
Use 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm

(9.92 in-lb ± 0.88)
torque for the screw assembly
Use Torx 10 IP.
13
Plug in the battery connector.

Observe the connector orientation.
Slide the battery into the slot.
Plug NIBP Cable into NIBP and motherboard connectors. Check for smooth alignment of the
Plug the touch flex into this connector. cables between the battery and slot frame
Observe the orientation. Connections on PWB side. 9
Plug the Medical USB FFC into this connector. Close the latch.
Plug LCD Cable into this connector.

4 Use 0.5 Nm ± 0.05 Nm
Plug Display Power Cable into this connector. Close the latch.
(4.43 in-lb ± 0.44)
torque for the screw assembly
Allen key size 2.5 mm.
11
8-5
Board frame assembly exploded view
Find
number
1 Board frame 1
2 Handle strip left assembly 1
3 Handle 1
4 Handle strip right 1
5 NIBP pump assembly 1
6 Valve hose assembly 1
7 NIBP hose assembly 1
8 Pump clamp 1
9 Speaker screw: Torx Plus 6 IP RF 1.6x4.5 mm 4
10 Printer housing assembly 1
11 Printer door assembly 1
12 Charge power cable 1
13 Handle screw: Torx T10 PT 3,5x10 mm 5
14 Handle front gasket 2
15 Handle back gasket 2
16 Speaker module assembly 1
Numbers in this table refer to the board frame assembly exploded view images.
Refer to “FRU kits” in CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories (KO00125) for
availability.

Guide and insert the charger power cable connector into the opening.
11
13
10
12
8
1
15
16
3
9
2
6
14
13
7

8-8
Place the pump in the recess. Place the filter and
Handle screws 2pcs. valve in the recess. Attach the tube on manifold inlet.
Torque 1.05 Nm ± 0.1Nm (9.29 in-lb ± 0.88).

Speaker screws 4pcs.

Torque 0.13 Nm ± 0.03 Nm (1.15 in-lb ± 0.26).
Attach long tube of the valve assembly to valve inlet.
Ensure that short sensor tube is visible.
Leave filter end of the tube free for the NIBP housing.
Guide the Medical USB FFC through the opening.

Secure both Left Strip and Right Strip assemblies with 3 snaps. Tubes for the N IBP connector must be free and visible.
Ensure that the Power membrane flex is visible and free to access the mother board.
KO00094Q
KO00094Q
Secure the printer housing alignment by screwing in correect order.
Torque 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm (9.29 in-lb ± 0.88).
Use the guiding ribs to attack the

front gaskets of handle. Use the guiding ribs to attach the rear gaskets of the handle.
0.1 ± 0.3
0.1 ± 0.3
3rd screw
0.1 ± 0.3
0.1 ± 0.3

1st screw
2nd screw
Attach the clamp housing over the pump Attach the printer door
Ensure that Printer flex is in the opening and
valve and filter. Secure with 3 snaps. with hinge pins.
visible to the front side.
8-9
Back cover assembly exploded view
Find
number
1 Back cover 1
2 Drain slope 1
3 Drain slope hose 1
4 Bottom ventilation plate 2
5 SpO2 accessories assembly (optional) 1
6 NIBP connector assembly 1
7 USB frame assembly 1
8 Isolation board assembly (optional) 1
9 USB and power connector hatch assembly (USB 1

door assy)
10 SpO2 assembly (optional) 1
11 Remote control cable (nurse call cable) 1
12 Welch Allyn frame assembly (optional) 1
13 3M, Kapton adhesive tape 2 x 10cm
14 WA covering plate (optional) 1
15 Foot 4
16 Remote alarm label 1
17 Gasket handle back cover left 1
18 Gasket handle back cover right 1
19 Printer gasket 1
21 USB and charger label 1
22 NIBP label 1
23 SpO2 label 1
24 Isolation board stand off 4
25 WA screw: Torx T10 PT 3,5x10 mm 5
26 SpO2 support gasket 1
27 Isolation board washer 1
Numbers in this table refer to the back cover assembly exploded view images.
Refer to “FRU kits” in CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories (KO00125) for
availability.

KO00094Q
5
5
5 Welch Allyn frame screws (3pcs),
5 Torque 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb±0.88] 11 16 21 20
17
2
19
25
18
8
6
9
13
14
23
22 12
7 3

10
10
10
24
26
1
25 4
27
USB Frame screws (2pcs), 4

15
Torque 1.05 Nm ± 0.1 Nm [9.29 in-lb±0.88]
8-11
8-12
19 20
B
and 2:1
sket m.
n t h e ga d 0.8 m
e
wee exce
bet not
s t ance must
Di edge
er
cov Tape label inside the polished area.
the
A Observe orientation.
2:1 Text must be readable at this location.
A
A
Distance between the gasket and

the cover edge must not exceed 0.2 mm.
A

B
B A-A B-B
Tape label inside the polished area.
Observe orientation.
Plug the V150 GND Cable on Text must be readable at this location.
USB Board tap connector.
KO00094Q
KO00094Q
Dummy SPO2 (when no SPO2).
Various SPO2 Connectors Back Cover Assembly for all devices.
If Welch Allyn module is not used,

this is used as a cover plate.

Various SPO2 Board Assemblies
8-13

9 Maintenance

Maintenance: Introduction
Introduction
This chapter provides information on various maintenance procedures to help
keep the monitor uptime as high as possible. Most of the instructions apply to
the daily caregiver, but Service can also perform these procedures to remove
stains or other dirt incurred on the monitor or monitor parts during maintenance
work.
WARNINGS
Failure on the part of the responsible individual, hospital, or
institution using this equipment to implement a satisfactory
maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure
and possible health hazards.

to the pneumatic system may cause damage to the monitor
and/or the accessories, leading to impaired performance and/
or inaccurate readings.
NOTE
GE does not, in any manner, assume the responsibility for performing the
recommended maintenance schedule, unless an Equipment Maintenance
Agreement exists. The sole responsibility rests with the individuals, hospitals,
or institutions utilizing the device.

Maintenance: Preventive maintenance checklist
Preventive maintenance checklist

To ensure the monitor and its components remain in proper operational and
functional order, the following preventive maintenance schedule is
recommended:
CARESCAPE VC150 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
Customer
Service
Preventive maintenance procedure Schedule Date performed
Visual inspection. Refer to “Visual  Prior to installation

inspection checklist” on page 9-5.  Monthly thereafter
 Each time the equipment is
serviced.
Parameter level functional testing.  After the initial configuration is

Refer to “Parameter-level functional complete.
testing” on page 5-2.  Each time the unit is serviced.
Electrical safety tests. Refer to “Safety  Every 12 months after the

testing” on page 5-18. installation
 Each time the unit is serviced.
NOTE
The manufacturer has
performed these electrical
safety tests for patient monitor
and acquisition modules
during final inspection. You do
not have to perform the
electrical safety tests during
installation checkout, if the
patient monitor was
manufactured less than 24
months ago. Check the serial
number label for
manufacturing week and year
(refer to “Equipment ID” on
page 1-6).
Cleaning of the monitor and other  Monthly or as usage requires.

components. Refer to “Cleaning” on  Each time the equipment is
page 9-15. serviced.
Calibration procedures and tests. Refer  Every 12 months

to “Calibration procedures and tests”  Whenever the accuracy of any
on page 5-4. reading is in doubt.

Maintenance: Preventive maintenance checklist
Customer
Service
Preventive maintenance procedure Schedule Date performed
Printer output test. Refer to “Printer  Every time the monitor has
output test” on page 5-17. been partly or completely
disassembled.
New battery replacement. Refer to  Every three years

“Battery replacement” on page 7-19.
Long term storage. Refer to “Extended Every time the monitor is stored for
storage” on page 9-20. an extended period of time.

Maintenance: Visual inspection checklist
Visual inspection checklist

1. Every time the monitor is under service, check also on the monitorCheck
following items and replace damaged parts.
Customer
Service
Date
Inspection item Notes Schedule
performed
Any signs of physical damage to Do not use the monitor if damage is Every time the
 the monitor case determined. Replace any damaged monitor is under
 the display screen parts of the unit. service,
 the power membrane button
Loose connectors or frayed cables in

external connections
Any marks, scratches, or other

damage on the screen surface
Safety labels and inscription on the

device clearly legible
Integrity of hoses and cuffs When the pneumatic integrity of any

NIBP cuff and hose is in doubt,
replace the cuff and hose, and
discard the questionable
accessories.
1. Switch the monitor on and wait to

Speaker test
hear two beeps.
2. Unplug and plug the power supply
cord. A chirping sound is heard.
If you do not hear either of these,
refer to “Host messages” on page 6-
13.
Dirt or stains on the monitor or the Advise the customer about the need
accessories. to clean the monitor regularly.
2. Return to “Preventive maintenance checklist” on page 9-3 to continue the

preventive maintenance procedures.

Maintenance: Connecting to the Service PC
Connecting to the Service PC

1. Select one of the buttons in Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode >
Maintenance/USB import and export.
 Export Settings with USB
 Import Settings with USB
 Export EWS Settings with USB
 Import EWS Settings with USB
2. Plug in USB-B cable to USB-B connector on the monitor and to a regular USB
connector on a service PC.
3. The monitor will appear as a USB mass storage device CARESCAPE VC150
on the service PC.

Maintenance: Disconnecting from the service PC
4. Depending on the selection at step 1, contents of the CARESCAPE VC150

folder will vary.
Selection CARESCAPE VC150 folder content
Export Settings with USB VC150-settings-********.vc150 -file with

configuration settings. EWS settings will be
included in this file if configured.
Import Settings with USB Copy a VC150-settings-********.vc150 -file

with configuration settings into this folder.
EWS settings are included in this file if these
were configured in the original device before
exporting.
Disconnecting from the service PC

Use eject feature on the personal computer
to disconnect the monitor from the service
laptop. When the personal computer displays
a message indicating it is safe to remove the
device, remove the USB cable.
Remote service mode
WARNING
The monitor shall not be used for clinical measurements during
remote service session.
NOTES
Refresh the browser screen in case the upload page does not become
visible.
If measurements are active, the remote service mode cannot be started.
For security reasons, the remote session will automatically terminate after 5
minutes of inactivity, except when software update or file transfer is in
progress. Make sure that you have pressed the Commit changes button
after uploading the settings.

Maintenance: Remote service mode
1. If Web Server has not been setup before, enter Monitor Setup > Service
Mode > Connectivity > Web Server and set the desired Port number, and
Secure as Enabled or Disabled. If Secure is set as Enabled, go to Service
Mode > Connectivity > Device Certificate to set up parameters for a secure
web server connection.
NOTES
Turning security disabled is insecure and should be used only in secure
network environment.
The monitor can be accessed remotely if both the monitor and the service
PC are connected to the same network. Firefox version 29.0 or newer should
be used for the remote service.
2. Select Start Remote Service in Monitor Setup > Advanced. If the IP address
is not shown on the Remote service active window, the Web server settings
are incorrect.
3. Launch a web browser and enter the monitor IP address in the address field.
Then press the Enter key on the PC keyboard.
4. Enter the service mode password and select Login. When a remote
connection has been established correctly, the CARESCAPE VC150 Remote
Service Mode screen appears.


5. Monitor Information is used to check for serial number and other monitor-
specific items.
6. Software is used to check for the software version. If you need to update the
software, select Start software update process, browse the service PC for
the software update package and select the package to update the
software.
7. Log and Configuration files is used to download log, service and

configuration files. Configuration files can be uploaded to the original
CARESCAPE VC150 monitor to revert to the saved settings. Alternatively,
configuration files can be uploaded to another CARESCAPE VC150 monitor
to copy most of the settings. NIBP measurement-related DCS data can be
deleted with Delete DCS.
8. Perform the following:

 Click on Settings to copy the settings from the monitor to your PC. The file is
formatted as vc150-settings-YYYYMMDD.vc150 and includes all user-
configurable settings from Default Setup and Service Mode.
 Select Browse (or Choose file or similar, depending on the browser) to locate
the file vc150-settings-YYYYMMDD.vc150.
 Select Upload to upload it to your PC. After successful upload, select
Commit changes to confirm the changes and reboot the device.

NOTES
Do not transfer different parameter and alarm default settings without
clinician's consent. When alarm default settings are changed, make sure
that the clinicians are aware of the new settings.
Configurations cannot be transferred between monitors that are equipped

with different SpO2 technologies due to different SpO2 parameter settings.
Monitor-specific settings that are unique to a given device, such as IP

address, are not transferred.
After uploading configuration files the service password is also changed to

a predefined password in that configuration.
Refer to “Log file samples” on page 6-4 for log file samples.
9. Licenses displays which licenses have been imported to the monitor.
10. Preventive maintenance (PM) displays the date of the last preventive
maintenance and has options to set how often the PM is performed and
when the monitor starts to remind about the upcoming PM.
11. When all remote service work is complete, press Log out from the top-left of
the screen.

Maintenance: Backing up and importing/restoring settings
12. Close the browser to clear browsing data.
NOTE
The browser should be set up so that it will not store browsing history after
you close the browser. Refer to browser help for instructions.
13. Select Cancel on the active remote service window.

14. Select the home button to return to the clinical mode.
15. Refer to applicable sections in “Monitor configuration checklist” on page 4-2.
Backing up and importing/restoring settings

What can be copied
When settings are exported, the monitor will create a
vc150-settings-********.vc150.enc
file (asterisks denote a date when the settings were exported) that can be copied
to service PC. This file can be imported to the monitor and used to restore
settings, if necessary. The same file can also be imported to another
CARESCAPE VC150 monitor (even if it uses another software version), but some
monitor-specific settings are not copied to another CARESCAPE VC150 monitor.
In case there are multiple *.vc150.enc files in incoming settings transfer storage,
the first file will be selected (sorted by name, in ascending order).
It is possible to import older vc150-setting files to the monitor. New setting files
are encrypted (.enc)
NOTES
All clinical settings are backed up and restored.
It is not possible to exchange settings between different SpO2 technologies.

(except for EWS settings)

Not copied to different Copied to different

Default Setup
serial number serial number
General System Time All other settings
Alarm Defaults - All
Visual Settings - All
Measurement Settings - All
Not copied to different serial Copied to different

Service Mode
number serial number
System Info All other settings Care Area
Maintenance Last date of PM All other settings
Regional Settings - All
Connectivity Device Certificate: Certificate, All other settings

SSID Profile1: IP Address
Record Settings - All
File import
The following kinds of files can be imported to the CARESCAPE VC150 monitor:
 Settings
 Licenses
 EWS setting files
 Private keys (connectivity related)
 Certificates (connectivity related)
The format for the imported file name must adhere to the following
requirements:
 UTF-8
 characters a-z, underline ’_’ and dash ‘-’ can be used
 no special characters in file names, nor accents nor punctuation
 maximum of 32 characters
 ASCII 7-bit (for license keys)
When the monitor is connected to a service PC, it will show up as a USB
mass storage device with CARESCAPE VC150 as part of the drive name. The
drive partition that appears when the monitor is used as a USB mass
storage device has FAT file system. The monitor has no FAT nor NTFS or
operating system requirements for service PC as long as the system
recognizes a USB mass storage.

Exporting settings
page 9-6.
2. Select Export All Settings with USB to export all settings from the monitor to
the PC or Export EWS Settings with USB to export EWS settings from the
monitor to the PC.
7.
Importing settings
1. Refer to “What can be copied” on page 9-12 to determine what you can
import to a monitor with different serial number.
NOTE
Even though you may import settings with a file, you may need to perform
some additional configuration. Perform all steps in “Monitor configuration
checklist” on page 4-2 to ensure the configuration is complete.

page 9-6.
3. Select Import All Settings with USB to import settings from PC to the
monitor. In case multiple *.vc150.enc files are copied to the monitor, the first
one will be selected (sorted by name, in ascending order).
NOTE
All settings file will include EWS settings, if these were configured in the
original devices before exporting the settings. If you want to import EWS
settings separately e.g in case the monitor will have different EWS settings
than the original, import first all settings and then EWS settings. New EWS
Settings will overwrite the previous ones, but other configuration settings
remain the same.
4. Select Import EWS settings, if necessary.

7.

Maintenance: Cleaning
Cleaning
List of approved cleaning agents
Use only these cleaning agents to clean the monitor unit or the Welch Allyn
probe well. Periodically, GE evaluates additional cleaning agents for
compatibility with the monitor. If your cleaning agent is not listed in this section,
contact your GE representative to determine if additional information is
available.
List of approved cleaning agents for CARESCAPE VC150 monitor and

accessories (except Welch Allyn SureTemp® Plus)
Cavicide® Surface Sagrotan® Sani-Cloth® HB Sporicidin®

Cleaner/Disinfectant Alternative
Virex 256 Water (distilled) Windex Blue
Isopropyl alcohol,
max 55% (vol)
List of approved cleaning agents for Welch Allyn SureTemp® Plus
Probe well Warm water and a mild detergent solution.
Thermometry probe 70% Isopropyl alcohol 10% bleach solution and

Cavicide® or equivalent.
NOTES
The touch screen surface is made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and
must not be cleaned with any solvent or any alkaline cleaning agent.
If you want to use other cleaning agents than those specifically approved
and listed in this section, you can do it at your own risk. If you still want to
use a non-approved cleaning agent, first test it on the corner of the touch
screen, not on the whole screen. Remember to wipe off possible residues or
stains with a cloth dampened with water.
The following cleaning chemicals can be used:
 Cleaning with isopropyl alcohol can be done when content of isopropyl

alcohol is max 55% (vol)

Prohibited cleaning agents

Never use the following cleaning agents on the monitor, monitor accessories, or
the Exergen temporal scanner:
 Abrasive cleaners or solvents of any kind

 Acetone
 Ketone
 Betadine
 Alcohol-based cleaning agents. (However, an alcohol-based cleaning agent
can be used on the Welch Allyn temperature metal probe and plastic section
of the probe, Exergen scanner’s lens, probe head and metal neck only.)
 Petroleum-based cleaning agents
 Any type of solution that contains ammonium chloride, conductive
solutions, wax or wax compounds
 Sodium salts
NOTE
Never autoclave or steam clean the monitor, cuffs, or accessories.
Cleaning schedule
To prevent cross-contamination, clean exterior surfaces of the monitor, monitor
accessories, and reusable sensors on a regular basis in compliance with your
institution's infection control unit and/or biomedical department's local policy.
Procedure
WARNINGS
Always shut down the monitor and disconnect it from the electrical
network before any cleaning procedure.
Prior to using a cleaning agent, read the instructions for use and adhere
to provided safety precautions.
Never pour or spray water or any cleaning solution on the equipment or

permit fluids to run behind switches, into connectors, into the printer, or
into any ventilation openings in the equipment. Do not let fluid “pool”
around connection pins. Do not immerse the monitor, the sensors or the
hoses in liquids.
Use of unapproved cleaning agents can cause case damage resulting

in unintended fluid ingress and a potential for compromising electrical
safety.
Do not use steam, heat, chemical or gas sterilization on the monitor or

its accessories. Do not autoclave the accessories.
NOTE
Clean the monitor and sensors according to local policies.

Cleaning the exterior surfaces

Disconnect the monitor from AC power before cleaning or disinfecting its
surface. The exterior surfaces of the monitor, monitor accessories, and temporal
scanner may be cleaned with a lint-free cloth, dampened with a cleaning agent
listed in “List of approved cleaning agents” on page -15. Wipe off all cleaning
solutions with a clean, dry cloth and let air dry for at least 15 minutes.
NOTE
Exergen temporal scanner only: Alcohol-based cleaning agents can be used
on the scanner’s lens, probe head and metal neck only.
Cleaning the screen

To clean the CARESCAPE VC150 monitor screen or the Exergen screen, use a soft,
clean cloth dampened with a cleaning agent listed in “List of approved cleaning
agents” on page -15. Never spray the cleaning agent directly onto the display.
Cleaning the Exergen sensor lens

Dirt, greasy film, or moisture on the scanner
lens will interfere with the accuracy of the
temperature reading. Regularly clean the lens
with a cotton swab dipped in alcohol and
follow the instruction label on the scanner.
Only use gentle pressure for cleaning to avoid
lens damage. Do not use bleach or other cleaning solutions on the sensor lens.
Cleaning the Exergen probe head and neck

Use an alcohol-based cleaning agent on the Exergen scanner’s probe head and
metal neck only.
Cleaning and disinfecting blood pressure cuffs and air hoses
General
Before reuse, the cuff and the air hose must be thoroughly cleaned with a
cleaning agent listed in “List of approved cleaning agents” on page -15.
WARNINGS
Consult the manufacturer for specific cleaning or disinfection
instructions of the cuffs and air hoses. The user has the responsibility to
validate any deviations from the recommended method of cleaning and
disinfection.
Never autoclave or steam clean the monitor, cuffs, or accessories.

Cleaning the Welch Allyn probe and probe well

Units that are in service on a regular basis should have the following preventive
maintenance performed every six months:
1. Visually inspect the thermometer probe for any physical damage that might
cause future product failure.
2. Clean the probe and the probe well according to instructions below. Use an
alcohol-based cleaning agent on the Welch Allyn metal probe or plastic
section of the probe only.
Cleaning the Welch Allyn probe

As needed, clean the probe with a 70% isopropyl alcohol solution or a 10%
chlorine bleach solution or a nonstaining disinfectant such as CaviCide® or its
equivalent.
WARNING
Do not immerse or soak the probe in any type of fluid. Do not use steam,
heat or gas sterilization on the probe. Do not autoclave the probe.
CAUTION
Never immerse any monitor accessories.
Cleaning the removable probe well

1. Remove the probe well from the unit.
2. Unplug the latching probe connector to prevent the monitor
from consuming battery power while you are cleaning the
probe well.
3. Clean the inner surface of the probe well by swabbing the
surface with a cloth dampened with a mild detergent
solution or a 70% isopropyl alcohol, or a 10% chlorine bleach solution, or a
nonstaining disinfectant such as CaviCide® or its equivalent.
4. Clean the probe well’s outer surface by swabbing or wiping the surface with
one of the solutions mentioned above. Immerse the probe well in mild
detergent solution as necessary for cleaning.
5. Thoroughly dry all surfaces before re-assembling the instrument.
6. Reconnect the latching probe connector to the monitor. Ensure that the
connector snaps into place.
7. Reinstall the probe well in the monitor and snap the probe well into place.

Maintenance: Short-term storage
8. Insert the probe into the probe well.
WARNING
Do not use hard or sharp objects to clean the probe well. This could
damage it and cause the unit to not function properly. Do not use
steam, heat or gas sterilization on the thermometer or probe. Do not
autoclave the probe well.
9. Periodically clean the probe’s surface by wiping it with a soft cloth, sponge
or soft brush dampened with a cleaning agent listed above for Welch Allyn.
Then wipe dry with a clean cloth or towel.
Cleaning SpO2 sensors

Adhesive sensors are sterile and for single use only. For reusable SpO2 sensors,
consult the sensor manufacturer instructions for cleaning, sterilization, or
disinfecting methods.
Short-term storage
The monitor and its accessories shall be stored in a clean and stable place with
no weight applied on them.
Keep the monitor connected to an external DC power source when not in use to
ensure maximum battery charge. As long as the monitor remains connected to
an external DC power source, the monitor will charge the battery whenever
software determines it necessary.
Batteries should always be connected and fully charged before being placed in
short-term storage. It is recommended that batteries should not be left in
storage more than 2 weeks without a full recharge. When the battery will no
longer hold a charge, it must be replaced.
NOTE
configuration mode.

Maintenance: Extended storage
Extended storage
If it becomes necessary to store the monitor for an extended period of time,
remove all attached accessories.
NOTE
When storing the product for extended periods, the battery must be
disconnected.
When storing the monitor for extended periods, perform the following:
1. Check that the battery charge level is between 35% - 100%. If the below
35%, then charge the battery until the charge level 35% or higher.
2. Disconnect the battery. Store the battery inside the monitor.
3. Use original packing material to pack up the monitor and the batteries for
extended storage. If the original packing material has been lost, refer to
“Unpacking the unit” on page 3-2.
WARNING
When the monitor and the battery has been stored in under
room temperature, there is a risk for moisture condensation
and electric shock when the monitor is brought to room
temperature.
4. Remove the battery from the monitor as instructed in “Battery replacement”

on page 7-19. Remove the Exergen battery as instructed in “Changing the
Exergen temperature unit battery” on page 7-70.
5. Let the monitor and the battery warm up to room temperature before
connecting the battery and turning on the monitor.
6. When the monitor is reinstalled for normal use, check all settings including
date and time as well as line frequency.
7. Charge the battery to full charge before clinical use.
When the battery will no longer hold a charge, remove the battery and replace it
with a battery that has been specified for this monitor. Failure to use a correct
battery may cause the monitor to shut down. Refer to CARESCAPE VC150
Supplies and accessories document (KO00125) for FRU kit reorder part numbers.
NOTE
configuration mode.
Storage temperature
When packaged according to instructions in the Service Manual, the device
survives a storage temperature range of – 20° C to + 50° C (– 4° F to + 122° F).

Maintenance: Extended storage
Packing
Minimum requirements
 Original CARESCAPE VC150 shipping box and material, if available
 Packing tape
 A marker pen
Procedure
1. Remove all hoses, cables, sensors, and power cords from the monitor before
packing.
2. Clean the device and parts as instructed in “Cleaning” on page 9-15.
3. Check the that product codes on the main label on the monitor and the
shipping box match. If these do not match, cross out the code on the
shipping box.
4. Disconnect the battery and replace it in the monitor as instructed in “Battery
replacement” on page 7-19.
5. Secure USB and power connector hatch.
6. Pack the monitor in a bag and insert the bag and the product inside the
monitor box. Use the original shipping carton and packing materials, if
available. If not, refer to “Missing original packing material” on page 9-22.
7. Secure the shipping box with packing tape.
8. If accessories must be sent or stored with the monitor, add these in a
separate plastic bag and add this bag into the larger box that already has
the monitor box inside.
9. Verify that the printed arrows on both boxes point upwards, to the same
direction.
10. Observe the environment conditions detailed in the “Product specifications”
on page A-2.
11. It is recommended that all returned goods be insured. Claims for loss or
damage to the product must be initiated by the sender.

Maintenance: Disposal of product waste
Missing original packing material

If the original packing material is not available, follow these steps.
1. Place the product in a plastic bag and tie or tape the bag to prevent loose
particles or materials from entering openings such as hose ports.
2. Use a sturdy corrugated container to ship the product; tape securely to seal
the container for shipping.
3. Pack with at least 10 cm (4 inches) of padding on all sides of the product.
Disposal of product waste

As you use the monitor, you will accumulate solid wastes that require proper
disposal or recycling. These include batteries, patient applied parts, and
packaging material. Dispose of these materials according to local or national
regulations.
Batteries
The Li-Ion rechargeable battery can be recycled. Do not puncture or place the
battery in a trash compactor. Do not incinerate the battery or expose it to fire or
high temperatures. Dispose of these materials according to local or national
regulations.
Dispose any battery in accordance with local regulations on material recycle.

10 Software upgrade

Software upgrade: Introduction
Introduction
This chapter provides instructions on how to upgrade CARESCAPE VC150
monitor software and recover the monitor software if necessary.
IMPORTANT: These instructions do not apply to Masimo, Nellcor, or GE TruSignal

software updates. Send patient data to the hospital EMR and make a backup of
settings before any attempt to update the software. In case the update fails and
changes the configuration, you can import the settings to the current software.
Software upgrade
CARESCAPE VC150 software can be upgraded with USB connection or hospital
WLAN. Software upgrade from version 1.6.21 (or older) to version 1.7.x can only
be done with USB cable.
Software upgrade with USB

Required tools
 Software package ( .bin-file)
 USB A-B cable
 A personal computer
Preparation for the upgrade

1. Turn on the monitor.
WARNINGS
Connect the external DC power supply of the monitor to mains
before starting the software upgrade. Keep the monitor
connected to DC power throughout the software upgrade.
Do not press the power button while the software upgrade is in

progress! Manual reboot might be needed during the upgrade
process.
2. Send patient data to the hospital EMR as instructed in VC150 Operator

Manual KO00065, section “Snapshot output”.
3. Before any attempt is made to update the software, make a backup copy of
the settings as instructed in “Exporting settings” on page 9-14.

Software upgrade: Software upgrade
Upgrade procedure
1. When the files are sent and settings backed up, select Start button in the
Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode > Maintenance/Software
Update.
2. Select Confirm to start the software update.

3. Connect USB A-B cable as instructed on screen.
4. Once connected, the monitor is installed and will appear as an external
mass storage device in the file management screen of the service laptop.
5. Copy the upgrade -file (.bin) to VC150_Firmw -drive.

6. When the file is copied, use eject feature on the personal computer to
disconnect the monitor from the service laptop. When the personal
computer displays a message indicating it is safe to remove the device,
remove the USB cable.
7. After the USB cable has been removed, the monitor will continue with the
upgrade. Wait until the upgrade is complete and the monitor reboots
automatically. If the MSP software was updated during the software
upgrade, the monitor will not restart automatically. It must be restarted
manually.
NOTES
If you update the software from version 1.6.21 (or older) to version 1.7.x, you
need to do it twice. Follow instructions on the monitor screen.
After MSP upgrade, restart the monitor manually when the update screen
with white background changes to dark blank screen.

NOTE
The monitor may reboot for second software update and display a message
Refurbishing internal storage. The clinical view will appear normally after a
while.
Verification
If the software starts up as usual and no error messages appear on screen, the
software update was successful and the monitor can be used.
1. Check the software version at Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode >
Monitor Information > Software version.
2. After the software update, proceed to “Software update completed” on
page 10-5.
Software upgrade with hospital WLAN

Software upgrade from version 1.6.21 (or older) to version 1.7.x can only be done
with USB cable.
Required tools
 Software package
 A personal computer connected to hospital WLAN
 A CARESCAPE VC150 monitor connected to hospital WLAN
Procedure
1. Launch Remote Service Mode as instructed in “Remote service mode” on
page 9-7 and select Start software update process.
NOTE
If the upload screen does not appear automatically after selecting Start
software process, select Refresh button on the web browser.
2. Follow instructions.

3. When the upgrade-file (.bin) has been uploaded, the monitor will continue
with the upgrade. Wait until the upgrade is complete and the monitor
reboots automatically. If the MSP software was updated during the software
upgrade, the monitor will not restart automatically. It must be restarted
manually.
NOTE
After MSP upgrade the monitor will shut down and behave unpredictably.
This means that the alarm light and the LCD back light might remain lit.
Restart the monitor manually when the update screen with white
background changes to dark blank screen.
4. Check monitor configuration.
Verification
If the software starts up as usual and no error messages appear on screen, the
software update was successful and the monitor can be used.
1. Check the software version at Monitor Setup > Advanced > Monitor
Information > Software version.
2. After the software update, proceed to “Software update completed” on
page 10-5.
Software update completed

When the software upgrade is completed successfully, perform these:
1. Enter Monitor setup > Advanced and verify that the correct software
version is displayed in Software version field.
2. Perform Parameter-level functional testing as instructed in “Parameter-level
functional testing” on page 5-2.
3. Configure the monitor. Refer to “Monitor configuration” on page 4-1.
4. Back up new configuration settings. Refer to “Backing up and importing/
restoring settings” on page 9-12.

Software upgrade: Importing EWS settings
5. Check monitor language and keyboard. Refer to “Regional Settings” on

page 4-22.
6. Perform NIBP tests and calibration every time the CARESCAPE VC150
software is updated. Refer to “NIBP tests and calibration” on page 5-5.
Importing EWS settings

If Early Warning Score (EWS) license is active, you need to import EWS settings.
NOTE
Depending on Configurator Tool selections, importing EWS settings may
override some monitor settings.
Importing EWS settings with USB

Required tools
 EWS settings file (.vc150.ews.enc-file)
 USB A-B cable
 A personal computer
Preparation for the EWS settings import

1. Turn on the monitor.
2. Send patient data to the hospital EMR as instructed in VC150 Operator
Manual KO00065, section “Snapshot output ”.
3. Before any attempt is made to import EWS settings, make a backup copy of
the settings as instructed in “Exporting settings” on page 9-14.
Import procedure
1. When the files are sent and settings backed up, select Start button in the
Monitor Setup > Advanced > Service Mode > Settings and Logs.
2. Select Import EWS Settings with USB to start the import process.
3. Connect USB A-B cable as instructed on screen.

Software upgrade: Importing settings to multiple monitors
4. Once connected, the monitor is installed and will appear as an external

mass storage device in the file management screen of the service laptop.
5. Copy the EWS settings-file (.vc150.ews.enc) to VC150_Firmw -drive.

6. When the file is copied, use eject feature on the personal computer to
disconnect the monitor from the service laptop. When the personal
computer displays a message indicating it is safe to remove the device,
remove the USB cable.
7. After the USB cable has been removed, the monitor will continue with the
import. Wait until the import is complete and the monitor reboots
automatically.
Importing settings to multiple monitors

If you need to import settings to multiple monitors, perform these:
1. Configure all settings of a monitor, including EWS settings.

2. Export all settings as instructed in “Exporting settings” on page 9-14.
3. Import settings to another monitors as instructed in “Importing settings” on
page 9-14.
NOTE
If you need to import EWS settings separately, it is important to import these
in correct order: 1) all settings 2) EWS settings.

Software upgrade: Importing settings to multiple monitors

A Specifications and
default settings
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor A-1

Specifications and default settings: Product specifications
Product specifications
Mechanical
Dimensions
Height 24.7 cm (9.75 in)
Width 24.2 cm (9.5 in) without Welch Allyn temperature

29.2 cm (11.5 in) with Welch Allyn temperature
Depth 13.6 cm (5.3 in)
Weight (including battery) 2.8 kg (6.2 lb)
Mountings Tabletop (self-supporting on rubber feet), mounted on a roll stand or a

wall mount bracket
Portability Carried by handle
Power requirements
Universal power converter PN: 2074082-001
Protection against electrical shock Class I
AC input 100 - 240~1.1A
DC output voltage 24 VDC at 2A

The AC mains power adapter contains a non-resettable and non-
replaceable fuse.
Rated supply frequency 50 - 60 hZ
Monitor
Screen Resistive 8.4” LCD display with 800x600 resolution.
Protection against electrical shock Internally powered or Class I when powered from specified external
medical power supply.
DC input voltage 24 VDC, supplied from a source conforming to IEC 60601-1.
Fuses The monitor contains two T3.5A replaceable fuses on the motherboard
(F3) and USB board (F1). The battery packet contains overcurrent and
temperature protection. The fuses protect the low voltage DC input and
the battery.
Battery Refer to “Monitor battery specifications” on page A-18.
A-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Specifications and default settings: Printer specifications
Environmental
Operating temperature Without temperature sensors: 5 to 40° C (41 to 104° F)

With Welch Allyn temperature sensor: 10 to 40° C (50 to 104° F)
With Exergen temperature sensor: 16 to 40° C (61 to 104° F)
Humidity range 5% to 95% non-condensing
Operating atmospheric pressure 700 hPa to 1060 hPa
Storage/transport
Storage temperature – 20° C to + 50° C (– 4° F to + 122° F)
Atmospheric pressure 500 hPa to 1060 hPa
Humidity range 5% to 95% non-condensing
Printer specifications
Printer type Thermal dot array
Resolution 384 dpi horizontal
Paper type The paper roll used by the printer must be compatible with GE PN 770137.
Languages printed All user interface languages.
NIBP specifications
Cuff pressure range 0 to 290 mmHg (adult/ped)

(Normal operating range) 0 to 145 mmHg (neonate) SuperSTAT algorithm is currently not available
in Canada. NIBP determination for neonatal population cannot be done.
Blood pressure accuracy (Auscultatory) Complies with ISO 81060-2 standard Criterion 1 (mean error  5 mmHg,
standard deviation  8 mmHg).
Blood pressure accuracy (SuperSTAT) Complies with ISO 81060-2 standard Criterion 1 (mean error  5 mmHg,
SuperSTAT algorithm is currently not standard deviation  8 mmHg).
available in Canada. NIBP determination
for neonatal population cannot be done.
Maximum determination time 120 s (adult/ped)

85 s (neonate)

Specifications and default settings: NIBP specifications
Overpressure cutoff 300 to 330 mmHg (adult/ped)

150 to 165 mmHg (neonate)
BP range (Auscultatory)
Systolic 30 to 245 mmHg (adult/ped)
MAP 15 to 215 mmHg (adult/ped)
Diastolic 10 to 195 mmHg (adult/ped)
BP range (SuperSTAT) SuperSTAT algorithm is not currently available in Canada. NIBP determination for neonatal
population cannot be done without it.
Systolic 30 to 290 mmHg (adult/ped)

MAP 20 to 260 mmHg (adult/ped)

Diastolic 10 to 220 mmHg (adult/ped)

Pulse rate range (Auscultatory) 30 to 200 beats/min (adult/ped)
Pulse rate range (SuperSTAT) 30 to 240 beats/min (adult/ped)

SuperSTAT algorithm is not currently 30 to 240 beats/min (neonate)
available in Canada
Pulse rate accuracy ± 3.5% or 3 bpm, whichever is higher
NOTES
NIBP performance and accuracy have only been confirmed using GE hoses and cuffs.
The SuperSTAT algorithm is used for all neonate NIBP determinations. SuperSTAT algorithm is not currently
available in Canada. NIBP determination for neonatal population cannot be done without it.

Specifications and default settings: GE TruSignal SpO2 specifications
GE TruSignal SpO2 specifications
Measurement range
SpO2 0 to 100%
Pulse rate 30 to 300 bpm
Perfusion Index Value (PI) 0.1% to 32.0%
Data update period 8 seconds
Saturation Accuracy
Accuracy, Arms (root mean square of paired values; previously represented by ± 1 SD)
Adult* 70 to 100% ±2 digits
Neonate* 70 to 100% ±3 digits (without motion)
Adult/Neonate** 70 to 100% ±3 digits (during motion)
Low perfusion 70 to 100% ±2 digits
Pulse rate Accuracy
Adult /Neonate 30 to 250 bpm ± 2 bpm (rms, without motion)

30 to 250 bpm ± 5 bpm (rms, during motion)
Low perfusion 30 to 250 bpm ± 3 bpm (rms)

Measurement range
*Test methods used to establish SpO2 accuracy: GE Trusignal Technology with OxyTip+/GE TruSignal sensors have
been validated for no motion and motion accuracy in controlled hypoxia studies with healthy non-smoking adult
volunteers over the specified SpO2 range. SpO2 readings were compared to SaO2 values of drawn blood samples
measured by CO-oximetry. Subjects comprised both adult men and women and spanned a range of skin
pigmentation. GE TruSignal technology with OxyTip+/GE TruSignal sensors have been validated for low perfusion SpO2
accuracy over the specified range in a bench top testing against BioTek Index 2 patient simulator with 0.3% signal
amplitude.
**GE TruSignal Technology with GE OXY-AF (equivalent to TS-AF) and GE OXY-SE (equivalent to TS-SE) sensors have
been clinically validated for neonatal accuracy. Test subjects included 28 neonates and 1 infant (15 females and 14
males) with ages ranging from newborn to 37 days, weights from 560g to 3060g and skin tones from light to dark.
Accuracy (Arms) of the collected convenience samples was 2.7 for the OXY-AF sensor (52 data points were collected in
the range of 87%-100%) and 2.7 for the OXY-SE sensor (53 data points were collected in the range of 81%-100%).
***GE TruSignal Technology with GE Oxy-AF (equivalent to TS-AF) and GE Oxy-AP (equivalent to TS-AP) sensors have
been validated for motion accuracy in controlled hypoxia studies with healthy non-smoking adult volunteers over the
specified saturation SpO2 range(s). The following motion types were used: mechanically induced 3 Hz tapping motion
at an amplitude of 1-2 cm, patient induced non-repetitive rubbing motion, and patient induced non-repetitive hand
motion in supine position. Pulse oximeter SpO2 readings were compared to SaO2 values of drawn blood samples
measured by CO-oximetry. Subjects comprised both adult men and women and spanned a range of skin
pigmentations.
****GE TruSignal technology with OxyTip+/GE TruSignal sensors have been validated for pulse rate accuracy over the
specified range in bench top testing against a patient simulator. Accuracy was calculated as the root-mean-square
(rms) difference between paired pulse rate data recorded with the pulse oximeter equipment and with the patient
simulator.
NOTE
Accuracy may vary for some sensors; always check the instructions for the sensor.

Arms values measured using GE SpO2 sensors with GE CARESCAPETM V100 in

a clinical study.*
GE SpO2 Sensor 70 - 80% 80 - 90% 90 - 100%
*The sensors were clinically tested for accuracy with the following
sensors:
OXY-E 2.3 digits 1.4 digits 1.3 digits
OXY-SE 2.5 digits 2.0 digits 1.1 digits
OXY-F 1.3 digits 1.0 digits 1.1 digits
OXY-W 2.9 digits 1.8 digits 1.0 digits
OXY-AP 2.0 digits 1.9 digits 1.7 digits
OXY-AF 2.5 digits 1.4 digits 0.9 digits
*The sensors were clinically tested for accuracy with the following
sensors:
OXY-E (equivalent to OXY-E-UN, TS-E-D, TS-E2-GE, TS-E4-GE)
OXY-SE (equivalent to OXY-SE-3, TS-SE-3)
OXY-F (equivalent to OXY-F-UN, TS-F-D, TS-F2-GE, TS-F4-GE, TS-SA-D, TS-SA4-
GE)
OXY-W (equivalent to OXY-W-UN, TS-W-D)
OXY-AP (equivalent to OXY-AP-10, OXY-AP-25, TS-AP-10, TS-AP-25)
OXY-AF (equivalent to OXY-AF-10, TS-AF-10, TS-AF-25)
*The sensors were clinically tested for neonatal accuracy with the
following sensors:
OXY-SE (equivalent to OXY-SE-3, TS-SE-3)
OXY-AF (equivalent to OXY-AF-10, TS-AF-10, TS-AF-25)

Specifications and default settings: GE TruSignal SpO2 default settings
Note: Sensor Accuracy
Because SpO2 measurements are statistically distributed, only about 2/3 of the
measurements can be expected to fall within ±1 Arms of the value measured
by a CO-oximeter.
Test methods used to establish SpO2 accuracy: GE TruSignal SpO2

measurement have been validated for no motion and motion accuracy in a
controlled hypoxia studies with healthy non-smoking adult volunteers over the
specified SpO2 range.
SpO2 readings were compared to SaO2 values of drawn blood samples

measured by CO-oximetry. Subjects comprised both adult men and women
and spanned a range of skin pigmentation.
Sensor light source
NOTE
Wavelength of SpO2 probe LEDs Infrared: 880 to 900 nm (nominal)
This information may be useful
Red 650 to 670 nm (nominal)
to clinicians, such as those
performing photodynamic
Maximum energy of SpO2 probe LEDs Infrared LED 42 µJ/pulse therapy.
Red LED 62 µJ/pulse
GE TruSignal SpO2 default settings
GE Trusignal SpO2 - Default Setup > Alarm Defaults
SpO2 Upper limit: OFF

Lower limit: 90%
Priority: Medium
Latching/Non-latching: Latching
PI Upper limit: OFF

Lower limit: OFF
Priority: OFF
Latching/Non-latching: Non-latching

Specifications and default settings: Nellcor SpO2 specifications
Nellcor SpO2 specifications
Measurement range
1 to 100%
SpO2
20 to 300 bpm
Pulse rate
0.03 to 20%
Perfusion range
Data update period <2 seconds
Averaging Time
During normal measurement conditions in the Normal mode, the SpO2 averaging time is six (6) to seven (7) seconds or
approximately three (3) seconds in Fast mode.
Oxygen Saturation Accuracy1
Sensor Model Type LoSAT Range 60% to 80% Standard Range 70% to 100%
MAX-A, MAX-AL ± 3.0 digits ± 2.0 digits
MAX-N2 (Adult and Neonatal) ± 3.0 digits ± 2.0 digits
MAX-P, MAX-I, Forehead SpO2 ± 3.0 digits ± 2.0 digits

Sensor
SpO2 Non-adhesive, Adult, N/A ± 3.5 digits

Neonatal, Preemie3
MAX-R N/A ± 2.0 digits
Low perfusion 4 N/A ± 2.0 digits
The root mean square of the difference (rmsd) for set SpO2 and displayed SpO2 was 0.727. Seventy data points were
taken in the test in the 70 to 100% saturation range. The root mean square of the difference (rmsd) for set PR and
displayed PR was 1.581. Seventy data points were taken in the test in the 40 to 250 BPM pulse rate. All data for this
test is stored at Nellcor/Covidien.
Pulse Rate Accuracy
Normal range 20 to 250 bpm ±3 bpm (rms)
Low perfusion** 20 to 250 bpm ±3 bpm (rms)

Specifications and default settings: Nellcor SpO2 specifications
*Adult specifications are shown for OXIMAX MAX-A and MAX-N sensors with the N-600.
Saturation accuracy will vary by sensor type. This variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation. Plus or minus
one standard deviation encompasses 68% of the population. Accuracy is based on deep hypoxia studies on healthy
adult volunteer subjects. Arterial blood samples were analyzed simultaneously on multiple CO-oximeters.
**Applicability: OXIMAX MAX-A, MAX-AL, MAX-P, MAX-I, and MAX-N sensors.
1 Subjects used to validate SpO2 measurement accuracies were healthy and recruited from the local population.
Comprised of both men and women, subjects spanned a range of skin pigmentations and ranged in age from 18-50
years old. Accuracy specifications are based on controlled hypoxia studies with healthy non-smoking adult volunteers
over the specified saturation SpO2 range(s). Pulse oximeter SpO2 readings were compared to SaO2 values of drawn
blood samples measured by hemoximetry. All accuracies are expressed as ±1 SD. Pulse oximeter equipment
measurements are statistically distributed; about two-thirds of pulse oximeter measurements can be expected to fall
in this accuracy (Arms) range. Because scatter and bias of pulse oximeter SpO2 and blood SaO2 comparison commonly
increase as the saturation decreases, and accuracy specifications are calculated from data spanning the stated
range, different accuracy values may result when describing partially overlapping ranges.
2Clinical functionality of the MAX-N has been demonstrated on a population of hospitalized neonate patients. The
observed SpO2 accuracy was 2.5% in a study of 42 patients with ages of 1 to 23 days, weight from 750 to 4,100
grams, and 63 observations made spanning a range of 85% to 99% SaO2.
3Clinical functionality has been demonstrated in a population of hospitalized neonate patients. The observed SpO2
accuracy was 3.0% in a study of 57 patients with ages of 24 to 40 weeks, weight from 710 to 5,000 grams, and 185
observations made spanning a range of 63% to 99% SaO2.
4 Specification applies to N-600x oximeter performance. Reading accuracy in the presence of low perfusion (detected
IR pulse modulation amplitude 0.03% - 1.5%) was validated using signals supplied by a patient simulator. SpO2 and
pulse rate values were varied across the monitoring range over a range of weak signal conditions and compared to
the known true saturation and pulse rate of the input signals.
Arms (root mean square of paired values; previously represented by  1 SD).

Specifications and default settings: Nellcor SpO2 default settings
Nellcor SpO2 default settings
Nellcor SpO2 - Default Setup > Alarm Defaults

Lower limit: 90%
Priority: Medium
PI Upper limit: OFF

Lower limit: OFF
Priority: OFF
Response Mode Normal
SPD Sensitivity OFF
SatSeconds OFF
Pulse Rate Alarm Delay OFF
Masimo rainbow® SET® SpO2 specifications
Measurement range
Oxygen Saturation (SpO2) 0 to 100%
Pulse rate (beat per minute or bpm) 25 to 240 bpm
Carboxyhemoglobin Saturation (SpCO) 0 to 99%
Methemoglobin Saturation (SpMet) 0 to 99.9%
Total Hemoglobin (SpHb) 0 to 25 g/dl
Respiratory Rate (RRa) 0 to 70 breaths per minute
Total Oxygen Concentration (SpOC) 0 - 35 ml/dl
Perfusion Index (PI) 0.02 to 20%
Data update period <2 seconds

Specifications and default settings: Masimo rainbow® SET® SpO2 specifications
Accuracy and motion tolerance (applies to adult/pediatrics/infants/neonates unless otherwise indicated)

Refer to notes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Resolution
SpO2 1%
Pulse rate 1 bpm
SpCO 1%
SpMet 0.1%
SpHb - adult/pediatric/infant 0.1 g/dl
RRa 1 breath per minute
Saturation accuracy
Without motion - adult/pediatric/infant 60 to 80% ± 3%
Without motion - adult/pediatric/infant 70 to 100% ± 2%, with neonates ± 3%
With motion 70 to 100% ± 3%
Low perfusion 70 to 100% ± 2%
Pulse rate accuracy
Without motion 25 to 240 bpm ± 3 bpm (rms)
With motion 25 to 240 bpm ± 5 bpm (rms)
Low perfusion 25 to 240 bpm ± 3 bpm (rms)
SpCO - adult/pediatric/infants 1 - 40 ± 3%
SpMet 1 - 15 ± 1%
SpHb - adult/pediatric 8 - 17 ± 1 g/dl (arterial or venous)
RRa - adult/pediatric (> 10 kg) 4 - 70 ± 1 breath per minute
1SpO
2, SpCO and SpMet accuracy was determined by testing on healthy adult volunteers in the range of 60-100%
SpO2, 0-40% SpCO, and 0-15% SpMet against a laboratory CO-oximeter. SpO2 and SpMet accuracy was determined
on 16 neonatal NICU patients ranging in age from 7-135 days old and weighing between 0.5-4.25 kg. Seventy-nine
(79) data samples were collected over a range of 70-100% SaO2 and 0.5-2.5% MetHb with a resultant accuracy of
2.9% SpO2 and 0.9% SpMet.

Specifications and default settings: Masimo rainbow® SET® SpO2 specifications
2The Masimo sensors have been validated for no motion accuracy in human blood studies on healthy adult male and
female volunteers with light to dark skin pigmentation in induced hypoxia studies in the range or 70-100% SpO₂
against a laboratory CO-oximeter and EGG monitor. This variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation. Plus
or minus one standard deviation encompasses 68% of the population.
3The Masimo sensors have been validated for motion accuracy in human blood studies on healthy adult male and
female volunteers with light to dark skin pigmentation in induced hypoxia studies in the range or 70-100% SpO₂
against a laboratory CO-oximeter and EGG monitor. This variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation which
encompasses 68% of the population.
4The Masimo SET® Technology has been validated for low perfusion accuracy in bench top testing against a Biotek
Index 2 simulator and Masimo‘s simulator with signal strengths of greater than 0.02% and transmission of greater
than 5% for saturations ranging from 70 to 100%. This variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation which
encompasses 68% of the population.
5The Masimo sensors have been validated for pulse rate accuracy for the range of 25-240 bmp in bench top testing
against a Biotek Index 2 simulator. This variation equals plus or minus one standard deviation which encompasses
68% of the population.
6SpHb accuracy has been validated on healthy adult male and female volunteers and on surgical patients with light to
dark skin pigmentation in the range of 8-17 g/dl SpHb against a laboratory CO-oximeter. This variation equals plus or
minus one standard deviation which encompasses 68% of the population. The SpHb accuracy has not been validated
with motion or low perfusion.
7The following substances may interfere with pulse CO-oximetry measurements:

 Elevated levels of Methemoglobin (MetHb) may lead to inaccurate SpO2 and SpCO measurements.
 Elevated levels of Carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) may lead to inaccurate SpO2 measurements.
 Very low arterial oxygen saturation (SpO2) levels may cause inaccurate SpCO and SpMet measurements.
 Severe anemia may cause erroneous SpO2 readings.
 Dyes, or any substance containing dyes, that change usual blood pigmentation may cause erroneous readings.
 Elevated levels of total bilirubin may lead to inaccurate SpO2 SpMet and SpHb readings.
Note: Sensor Accuracy
Arms (root mean square of paired values; previously represented by  1 SD).
Sensor accuracy specified when used with Masimo SET® MX board using a Masimo patient cable for LNOP sensors,
the LNCS sensors, or the M-LNCS sensors. Numbers represent Arms (rms error compared to the reference). Because
pulse oximeter measurements are statistically distributed, only about two-thirds of the measurements can be
expected to fall within a range of ±Arms compared to the reference value. SpO2 accuracy is specified from 70% to
100%. Pulse Rate accuracy is specified from 25 to 240 bpm.

Specifications and default settings: Masimo rainbow SET® SpO2 default settings
Masimo rainbow SET® SpO2 default settings
Masimo SpO2 - Default Setup > Alarm Defaults

Lower limit: 90%
Priority: Medium
SpHb Upper limit: 17 g/dL

Lower limit: 7 g/dL
Priority: Low
RRa Upper limit: 30 br/min

Lower limit: 6 br/min
Priority: Medium
SpMet Upper limit: 3%

Lower limit: OFF
Priority: Medium
SpCO Upper limit: 10%

Lower limit: OFF
Priority: Medium
SpOC Upper limit: 25%

Lower limit: 10%
Priority: Low
PI Upper limit: OFF

Lower limit: OFF
Priority: OFF
Rapid desat alarm OFF

threshold
Desat Index 3D Alarm OFF
Desat occurrences 2
Desat threshold 2%
Desat time period 1 hour

Specifications and default settings: Masimo rainbow SET® SpO2 default settings
PI delta time period None
PI delta range 50
Masimo SpO2 - Default Setup > Measurement settings
SpO2 sensitivity mode Normal
FastSat Off
Perfusion index Short

averaging
SpO2 Averaging Time 2-4 s
RRa averaging Time ~ 30 sec
RRa Pause Time 30 sec
RRa Freshness Timeout 5 min
SpHb mode Arterial
SpHb Averaging Medium
Smart tone OFF
SpO2 alarm delay 5 sec
RRa alarm delay 30 sec

Specifications and default settings: Welch Allyn temperature specifications
Welch Allyn temperature specifications
Units of measure °Celsius (C) or °Fahrenheit (F)
Patient temperature Minimum: 26.7° C (80.0° F)

Maximum: 43.3° C (110.0° F)
Monitor mode accuracy ±0.1° C; ±0.2° F

(when tested in a calibrated liquid bath in monitor mode or with a
blackbody calibration tester); meets ISO 80601-2-56 and ASTM E1112,
Table 1, in range specified.
NOTE
If large changes occur in the ambient temperature, the temperature
system can be recalibrated by cycling the monitor’s power using the
On/Off button.
Clinical accuracy of predictive mode Results of clinical accuracy validation according to ISO 80601-2-56
Clinical Bias Limit of Clinical

Mode
(°C) Agreement Repeatability
Oral 0.01 0.63 0.14
Rectal -0.12 0.59 0.29
Pediatric Axillary -0.03 0.56 0.14
Adult Axillary 0.13 0.43 0.14
Temperature measurement time Times are approximations only.
Oral Approx. 4 -6 sec
Adult axillary (18 years and older) Approx. 12 - 15 sec
Pediatric axillary (17 years and younger) Approx. 10 -13 sec
Rectal Approx. 10 -13 sec
NOTE
Use only Welch Allyn probe covers on the Welch Allyn temperature probes. The size, shape, and thermal
characteristics of the probe covers can affect the performance of the probe. Inaccurate readings or retention
problems may occur unless Welch Allyn temperature probes and Welch Allyn probe covers are used. Refer to the
CARESCAPE VC150 supplies and accessories document for reorder part numbers.

Specifications and default settings: Exergen temperature specifications
Exergen temperature specifications
Units of measure °Celsius (C) or °Fahrenheit (F). Defined by purchased Exergen scanner.
Range
Measurement mode Max: 43° C (110° F)

Min.: 16° C (61° F)
Accuracy ±0.1° C (±0.2° F)

complies with EN 12470-5
Predictive mode Not applicable
Monitoring mode Not applicable
Operating environment (ambient) 16° to 40° C (61° to 104° F)
Arterial head balance range for body 34.5° to 43° C (94° to 110° F)
temperature1
Resolution 0.1° C or 0.1° F
Response time Approximately 0.04 seconds, typical
Calibration Oral or Core
1 Automatically applied when temperature is within normal body temperature range, otherwise reads surface
temperature.
NOTE
Use only Exergen probe covers. The size and shape of the probe covers can affect the performance of the
scanner. Inaccurate readings occur unless the proper probe covers are used. Refer to the CARESCAPE VC150
supplies and accessories document (KO00125) for reorder part numbers.
Exergen scanner battery specifications
Capacity One 9 volt alkaline
Battery life Approx. 15,000 readings

(When scanning for 5 seconds and reading the temperature display for 2
seconds before turning thermometer off.)

Specifications and default settings: Monitor battery specifications
Monitor battery specifications
Capacity 5.2 Ah Li-Ion battery
Battery run time Up to 11 hours with a usage scenario of:

 NIBP determinations every 15 minutes
 SpO2 or temperature parameter not active
 WLAN off
Up to 8 hours with a usage scenario of:

 NIBP determination every 5 minutes with an adult cuff
 SpO2 and temperature parameter actively measuring
 WLAN on
The above battery run times are valid for a new battery and depend
heavily on display brightness settings. After approximately 300 full charge
and discharge cycles, the capacity of the battery is reduced to 70 percent
of its original rating.
Charge time Approximately 4 hours from full discharge when the monitor is off.
Approximately 4 hours when the monitor on.
Connectivity specifications
Wireless specifications
WLAN connection standard 802.11 standard (a/b/g/n)
WLAN speed Maximum:

a 54 Mb/s
b 11 Mb/s
g 54 Mb/s
n 65 Mb/s
WLAN output level (Effective Radiated 2.4 GHz 10 dBm

Power, ERP) 5 GHz 13 dBm
WLAN bands Capable of communicating on 2.4 GHz and 5.1 GHz bands.
The allowable range of DSCP values per Non-realtime clinical data: 0 7

Access Category for interoperability Non-realtime, non-clinical data: 8 23
between WMM-compliant clients
Use of general-purpose WLAN network No dedicated wireless network required.

Specifications and default settings: Connectivity specifications
WLAN encryption methods None

WEP
WPA-PSK
WPA-EAP
WPA Custom
Authentication WEP: Open System, Shared Key

WPA-PSK: WPA-TKIP, WPA2-AES
WPA-EAP: TLS, TTLS, PEAP, FAST
WPA Custom: free configuration within limits of linux/wpasupplicat
support
Number of SSID profiles Up to 4 SSID profiles that service can define and configure.
WLAN frequency band settings  2.4 GHz band

 5.1 GHz band
 2.4 & 5.1 GHz bands
Modulation OFDM (802.11a/g/n), DSSS/CCK (802.11b)
WLAN information displayed Transmit power (dBm)

SSID
RTS Threshold
Fragmentation Threshold
IP Address
Bit Rate
Link Quality
Noise Level
Signal to Noise Ratio
Signal level (RSSI) in terms of dBm
Network adapter MAC address
Other WLAN info
EMC Compliance Complies with IEC Publication 60601-1-2 Medical Electrical Equipment,
Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements and Tests and CISPR 11
(Group 1, Class B) for radiated and conducted emissions.
Access point information displayed Access point radio frequency

Access point radio MAC address (BSSID)
RF information displayed Radio frequency (i.e., the frequency associated with the channel number)
Transmit power in terms of dBm
Signal level (RSSI) in terms of dBm
Radio diagnostic information displayed Packets received

(counters can be reset) Packets transmitted
Bytes received
Bytes transmitted
Receiving errors
Transmission errors

Specifications and default settings: Alarm specifications
Tx Power Max. 20dBm (100mW)
Supported frequency ranges: 2.4GHz:

2412 to 2472MHz
5GHz:
5180 to 5320MHz
5500 to 5700MHz
5745 to 5825MHz
Alarm specifications
Alarm volume 40 dB to 90 dB.
Alarm delays and remote alarm There is no discernible delay in alarms due to electronics or software
algorithms. All priority alarms are triggered immediately unless a delay
has been configured. Refer to SpO2 section for different types of alarm
delays available depending on SpO2 technology.
All medium and high-priority alarms are asserted to the remote alarm
interface within 0.5 sec unless alarms are silenced for the two-minute
period.
Information messages for various technical fault conditions are displayed

immediately near the relevant parameter value or in the information
area. A low/medium priority alarm is triggered in 10 seconds if the
technical fault persists.
Remote alarm sound Remote alarm does not have sound.
Factory default settings for alarm limits

Refer to “Alarms and priorities” in the Operator’s Manual for a listing of factory
default settings for alarm limits.

Specifications and default settings: Patent information
Patent information
Nellcor patents
Covidien LP. US Patents: 5,485,847; 5,676,141; 5,743,263; 6,035,223;6,226,539;
6,411,833; 6,463,310; 6,591,123; 6,708,049; 7,016,715; 7,039,538;
7,120,479;7,120,480; 7,142,142; 7,162,288; 7,190,985;7,194,293; 7,209,774;
7,212,847; 7,400,919.
Masimo patents
Patents: www.masimo.com/patents.htm
Welch Allyn patents

For patent information, please visit www.welchallyn.com/patents
Exergen patents
For patent information, please visit www.exergen.com/patents
Open source software notice

This product includes certain Open Source software.
The exact terms of the licenses, disclaimers, acknowledgements, and notices are
reproduced in the materials provided with this product. Innokas offers to provide
you with the source code as defined in the applicable license.
Send email to: sourcecode.request@innokasmedical.fi
or a written request to:
Source Code Requests

Innokas Yhtymä Oy
Vihikari 10
FI-90440 Kempele
Finland
This offer is valid for a period of three (3) years from the date of the distribution of
this product by Innokas.
By submitting a request, you give your consent that Innokas (or third parties on
behalf and under direct authority of Innokas) will process your personal data.
The processing will be done for the purpose of the request and the undertakings
related to it. The main reason for storing this data is to prove compliance with
the license terms. The data processing will be done in compliance with Innokas
guidelines and applicable legislation.

Specifications and default settings: Open source software notice

B Appropriate use of
NIBP simulators
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor B-1

Appropriate use of NIBP simulators: Appropriate use of NIBP simulators
Appropriate use of NIBP simulators

NIBP accuracy
Noninvasive blood pressure (NIBP) monitors are cleared for sale in the U.S. by the
FDA (1) and in Europe through the CE Mark. Both of these processes require that
the accuracy of NIBP monitors be established through clinical testing - the use of
NIBP simulators is not acceptable.
To establish the accuracy of an NIBP device, manufacturers have used several

different types of references. The reference blood pressures may be obtained by
invasive pressure monitoring at the central aortic region or at the radial sites.
The reference blood pressures may also be obtained by noninvasive methods
like the auscultatory method (using cuff and stethoscope).
Clinical vs. simulator readings

There are a number of reasons why clinical studies are required for the
measurement of NIBP accuracy. Many physiologic measurements (e.g., ECG, HR,
eTCO2) can be taken with little interaction between the monitor and the patient.
These devices can typically be validated using previously recorded patient data.
Unlike the transducers/electrodes used in these devices, the NIBP cuff has two
functions. In addition to sensing the pressure pulses in the cuff, the cuff occludes
and then releases the patient's artery to create the conditions that allow blood
pressure to be measured.
An "artificial arm" would need to test both the sensing and occluding functions of
the cuff, and mimic the nonlinear dynamics of the artery to provide an effective
clinical simulation. While this has been attempted (2), there are no effective
"arms" available.
Commercial NIBP simulators do attempt to test both functions of the NIBP cuff.
Pressure signals are generated by the simulator in response to the inflation and
deflation cycles of the monitor. While the cuff may be in the system, it is
wrapped on a mandrel. The ability of the cuff to transducer pressure signals or
to occlude the artery is not tested.
There are further limitations to the pressure pulses used by simulators. During
the deflation of the cuff, the shape of the generated pressure oscillations
changes as the cuff goes from systolic to diastolic pressures. This is due to the
fact that the artery is only open when the arterial pressure is above cuff
pressure. As can be seen in Figures 1A-1C, the shape of the oscillation changes
as the cuff pressure changes, and the artery opens. Commercial NIBP simulators
use one waveform shape at all pressure levels, which is simply scaled to reflect
the oscillometric envelope.
In addition, the shape of the oscillation generated by commercial simulators

does not match the shape of a typical oscillation measured during clinical
testing (Figures 2A-2B). These differences in the shape of the pulses can affect
how an NIBP monitor analyzes the oscillometric envelope. While it is possible to
develop an algorithm that produces readings that correspond to the simulator
settings, it is preferable to use the clinical data for algorithm development.
B-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q


What do simulator manufacturers say?

The DNI Nevada (Fluke Biomedical) CuffLink manual states:
"Since the CuffLink produces the same response independent of the inflate/
deflate cycle or the algorithm used by the monitor, we offer the term "Target
Value" as an approximation of the patient's actual blood pressure" (3)
BioTek® NIBP Pump 2™ (Fluke Biomedical) manual, in response to the question of

why monitor readings differ from the target values on the simulator, states:
"Neither the monitor or the NIBP Pump 2 is broken. Some monitors were
designed to give readings close to those obtained by the Auscultatory method of
blood pressure determinations. Other monitors have been designed to agree
with Invasive blood pressure readings. It is well known that Invasive and
Auscultatory NIBP readings on the same subject can be quite different" (4
Both of these statements indicate that these simulators cannot be used to

demonstrate the accuracy of an NIBP monitor.
Why use simulators?

Simulators provide a method for producing repeatable signals that can be used
to check that the monitor is responding to noninvasive blood pressure signals.
Reference values obtained from a particular make and model of an NIBP
monitor can be used to confirm that no changes have occurred after service to
that same type of monitor.
Simulators can also be used to test for leaks and conduct static pressure
calibration of NIBP monitors, and as part of preventive maintenance programs.
Summary
The accuracy of an NIBP monitor can only be determined by comparison to a
clinical blood pressure reference. NIBP simulators are useful for certain types of
testing, but should not be used for accuracy testing.

Figure 2A: Cuff oscillation from a clinical measurement
Figure 2B: Cuff oscillation from a simulator measurement
References
1. FDA, CDRH, Noninvasive Blood Pressure (NIBP) Monitor Guidance, March 10,
1997
2. Mieke, S, Substitute of simulators for human subjects; Blood Press Monit,
October 1, 1997; 2(5): 251-256
3. DNI Nevada CuffLink Noninvasive Blood Pressure Analyzer, Operating and
Service Manual; Revision E, 11/97
4. NIBP Pump 2 Noninvasive Blood Pressure Simulator and Tester, Operations
Manual; Revision C, January 2003


C Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor C-1

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC):
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for medical
devices to the IEC 60601-1-2, Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC and CISPR 11
(Group 1, Class B) for radiated and conducted emissions. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
typical medical installation.
WARNINGS
Use of known RF sources, such as cell/portable phones, or
other radio frequency (RF) emitting equipment near the system
may cause unexpected or adverse operation of this device/
system. Consult qualified personnel regarding device/system
configuration. Recommended separation distance between
ordinary mobile phone and CARESCAPETM VC150 is 3.3 m.
Use only approved accessories. Refer to the CARESCAPETM VC150

supplies and accessories document. Other cables and accessories may
cause a safety hazard, damage the equipment or system, result in
increased emissions or decreased immunity of the equipment or system
or interfere with the measurement.
The monitor may cause radio interference or may disrupt the

operation of nearby equipment. Mitigation for such disruption
may require re-orienting or relocating the monitoring system or
shielding the location.
CAUTIONS
The equipment or system should not be used adjacent to, or
stacked with, other equipment. If adjacent or stacked use is
necessary, the equipment or system should be tested to verify
normal operation in the configuration in which it is being used.
EMC — Magnetic and electrical fields are capable of interfering

with the proper performance of the device. For this reason
make sure that all external devices operated in the vicinity of
the monitor comply with the relevant EMC requirements. X-ray
equipment or MRI devices are a possible source of interference
as they may emit higher levels of electromagnetic radiation. Do
not undertake any electrical modifications to the monitor that
are not obtained from Innokas Medical. Such changes or
modifications to the monitor may cause EMC issues with this or
other equipment. This device/system is designed and tested to
comply with applicable standards and regulations regarding
EMC and needs to be installed and put into service according
to the EMC information stated as follows: This device/system is
suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic and
those directly connected to the public low-voltage power
supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic
purposes. Mains power should be that of a typical commercial
or hospital environment.
C-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC): Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration
NOTE
Medical electrical equipment requires special electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) precautions which must be considered when installing and putting
this equipment into operation. Refer to VC150 Service Manual (KO00206),
section C: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC).
Guidance and manufacturer’s declaration

Electromagnetic emissions
Guidance and manufacturer´s declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The VC150 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified

below. The customer or the user of the VC150 should assure that it is used in
such an environment.
Electromagnetic environment –
Emissions test Compliance
guidance
RF Emissions Group 1 The VSM VC150 uses RF energy

CISPR 11 only for its internal function.
Therefore, its RF emissions are very
low and are not likely to cause any
interference in nearby electronic
equipment.
RF Emissions Class B The VSM VC150 is suitable for use

CISPR 11 in all establishments, including
domestic establishments and
Harmonic Emissions Not those directly connected to the
IEC 61000-3-2 applicable public low-voltage power supply
Voltage Fluctuations/ Complies network that supplies buildings
Flicker Emissions used for domestic purposes.
IEC 61000-3-3

Electromagnetic immunity
The CARESCAPE VC150 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the
user of the CARESCAPE VC150 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Electromagnetic environment –
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level
guidance
Electrostatic ± 6 kV contact ± 6 kV contact Floors should be wood, concrete or

Discharge (ESD) ceramic tile. If floors are covered
IEC 61000-4-2 ± 8 kV air ± 8 kV air with synthetic material, the relative
humidity should be at least 30%.
Electrical Fast ± 2 kV for power supply ± 2 kV for power supply Mains power should be that of a
Transient/Burst lines lines typical commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-4 environment.
±1 kV for input/output Not applicable
lines
Surge ± 1 kV differential mode ± 1 kV differential mode

IEC 61000-4-5
± 2 kV common mode ± 2 kV common mode
Voltage dips, short <5% UT (>95% dip in UT <5% UT (>95% dip in UT) for Mains power quality should be that
interruptions and for 0.5 cycle 0.5 cycle of a typical commercial or hospital
voltage variations on environment. If user of the
power supply input <40% UT (>60% dip in UT) <40% UT (>60% dip in UT) CARESCAPE VC150 requires
lines for 5 cycles for 5 cycles continued operation during power
IEC 61000-4-11 mains interruptions, it is
<70% UT (>30% dip in UT) <70% UT (>30% dip in UT) recommended that the
for 25 cycles for 25 cycles CARESCAPE VC150 be powered
from an uninterruptible power
<5% UT (>95% dip in UT) <5% UT (>95% dip in UT) for supply or battery.
for 5 s 5s
Power Frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields

(50/60 Hz) Magnetic should be at levels characteristics
Field of a typical location in a typical
IEC 61000-4-8 commercial or hospital
environment.
NOTE: UT is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

Electromagnetic immunity
The CARESCAPE VC150 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the
user of the CARESCAPE VC150 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment – guidance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms Portable and mobile RF communications equipment

IEC 61000-4-6 150 KHz to 80 MHz should not be used closer to any part of the
CARESCAPE VC150, including cables, than the
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m recommended separation distance calculated from
IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz the equation applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.
Recommended separation distance
d = 1.2 P
d = 1.2 P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3 P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of the

transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer, and d is the recommended separation
distance in meters (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should
be less than the compliance level in each frequency
rangeb.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of

equipment marked with the following
symbol:
NOTES
At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by reflection from
structures, objects, and people.
a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and
land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted
theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an
electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the
CARESCAPE VC150 is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the CARESCAPE VC150 should
be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be
necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the CARESCAPE VC150.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Recommended separation distances

Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the
CARESCAPE VC150
The CARESCAPE VC150 is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are
controlled. The customer or the user of the CARESCAPE VC150 can help prevent electromagnetic interference by
maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the
CARESCAPE VC150 as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications
equipment.
Separation distance in meters (m) according to frequency of transmitter

Rated maximum output
power of transmitter in 150 kHz to 80 MHza 80 MHz to 800 MHza 800 MHz to 2.5 GHza
watts
d = 1.2 P d = 1.2 P d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in
meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the
maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTES
At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects and people.

Compliant cables and accessories
CAUTION
The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than
those specified in the CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and
accessories document (KO00125) may result in increased
emissions or decreased immunity performance of the
equipment or system. Use only accessories listed in the
CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories document.
The monitor complies with EMC standards when used with cables, transducers,
and accessories listed in the CARESCAPE VC150 Supplies and accessories
document.


How To Reach Us…: Service Calls and Product Support
D How To Reach Us…

Service Calls and Product Support
To open a service call or obtain product support call the numbers below:
800.558.7044 (US & Canada)
Outside the US, contact your local GE representative or distributor.
For other product information please contact one of the offices listed on the
back cover of the manual.
Ordering Accessories and Service Parts

To order accessories (lead wires, electrodes, recording papers, etc.) or service
parts (manuals, circuit boards, cables, software, etc.), contact your local GE
Healthcare representative. Contact information is available at
www.gehealthcare.com.
Make sure you have the following information available before calling:
 part number of the defective part, or

 model and serial number of the equipment,
 part number/name of the assembly where the item is used, and
 item name.
Ordering Manuals
When ordering additional operator manuals, be sure to include the software
version of the product.
Other Questions or Problems

For additional information contact one of the offices listed on the back cover of
the manual or visit our website at http://www.gehealthcare.com.
KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor D-1

How To Reach Us…: Other Questions or Problems
D-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Manufacturer: Exclusive distributor:
Innokas Yhtymä Oy GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc.

Vihikari 10 8200 West Tower
FI-90440 KEMPELE Milwaukee, WI 53223 USA
Finland Tel +1 414 355 5000
Europe 1 800 558 5120 (US only)
Tel: + 358 8 562 3100 Fax +1 414 355 3790
Fax: + 358 8 562 3151
http://www.innokasmedical.fi European Headquarters
GE Medical Systems
Innokas Medical is a subsidiary of Information Technologies GmbH
Innokas Yhtymä Oy. Munzingerstrasse 5
79111 Freiburg Germany
Tel: + 49 761 45 43 - 0
Fax: + 49 761 45 43 - 233
Asia Headquarters
GE Medical Systems
Information Technologies Asia; GE (China)
Co., Ltd.
No1 Huatuo Road,
Zhangjiang Hi-tech Park Pudong
Shanghai P.R.China 201203
Tel: + 86 21 5257 4650
Fax: + 86 21 5208 2008

KO00094Q VC150 Service Manual - ENG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

KO00094Q VC150 Service Manual - ENG

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

KO00094Q VC150 Service Manual - ENG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GE Healthcare

CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor

CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor

© 2014-2017 Innokas Medical

GCX is a trademark of GCX Corporation.

Jadak is a trademark of Jadak, LLC.

Exergen and TAT-5000S -USB are trademarks of Exergen Corporation.

Innokas Medical is a subsidiary of Innokas Yhtymä Oy.

T-2 CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor i

2 Equipment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

ii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

4 Monitor configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor iii

iv CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor v

vi CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

7 Field replaceable units (FRUs) . . . . . . 7-1

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor vii

8 Exploded view drawings . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

viii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Short-term storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19

10 Software upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor ix

B Appropriate use of NIBP simulators . B-1

x CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

D How To Reach Us… . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor xi

xii CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor KO00094Q

Това упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.

 Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на клиента е

Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.

Deze service manual is alleen in het Engels verkrijgbaar.

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-1

Käesolev teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.

Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.

Ce manuel technique n'est disponible qu'en anglais.

Ove upute za servisiranje dostupne su samo na engleskom jeziku.

Diese Serviceanleitung ist nur in englischer Sprache verfügbar.

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-2

Ez a szerviz kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.

Þessi þjónustuhandbók er eingöngu fáanleg á ensku.

Manual servis ini hanya tersedia dalam Bahasa Inggris.

Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in Inglese.

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-3

Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra prieinamas tik anglų kalba.

Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.

Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku

Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-4

Acest manual de service este disponibil numai în limba engleză.

Настоящее руководство по обслуживанию предлагается только на

Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.

Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.

Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.

KO00094Q CARESCAPETM VC150 Vital Signs Monitor DI-5

Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.

Bu servis kilavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.

Дане керівництво з сервісного обслуговування постачається